|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * syntax.c: code for syntax highlighting
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 /*
|
|
|
17 * Structure that stores information about a highlight group.
|
|
|
18 * The ID of a highlight group is also called group ID. It is the index in
|
|
|
19 * the highlight_ga array PLUS ONE.
|
|
|
20 */
|
|
|
21 struct hl_group
|
|
|
22 {
|
|
|
23 char_u *sg_name; /* highlight group name */
|
|
|
24 char_u *sg_name_u; /* uppercase of sg_name */
|
|
|
25 /* for normal terminals */
|
|
|
26 int sg_term; /* "term=" highlighting attributes */
|
|
|
27 char_u *sg_start; /* terminal string for start highl */
|
|
|
28 char_u *sg_stop; /* terminal string for stop highl */
|
|
|
29 int sg_term_attr; /* Screen attr for term mode */
|
|
|
30 /* for color terminals */
|
|
|
31 int sg_cterm; /* "cterm=" highlighting attr */
|
|
|
32 int sg_cterm_bold; /* bold attr was set for light color */
|
|
|
33 int sg_cterm_fg; /* terminal fg color number + 1 */
|
|
|
34 int sg_cterm_bg; /* terminal bg color number + 1 */
|
|
|
35 int sg_cterm_attr; /* Screen attr for color term mode */
|
|
|
36 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
37 /* for when using the GUI */
|
|
|
38 int sg_gui; /* "gui=" highlighting attributes */
|
|
|
39 guicolor_T sg_gui_fg; /* GUI foreground color handle */
|
|
|
40 char_u *sg_gui_fg_name;/* GUI foreground color name */
|
|
|
41 guicolor_T sg_gui_bg; /* GUI background color handle */
|
|
|
42 char_u *sg_gui_bg_name;/* GUI background color name */
|
|
205
|
43 guicolor_T sg_gui_sp; /* GUI special color handle */
|
|
|
44 char_u *sg_gui_sp_name;/* GUI special color name */
|
|
7
|
45 GuiFont sg_font; /* GUI font handle */
|
|
|
46 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
47 GuiFontset sg_fontset; /* GUI fontset handle */
|
|
|
48 #endif
|
|
|
49 char_u *sg_font_name; /* GUI font or fontset name */
|
|
|
50 int sg_gui_attr; /* Screen attr for GUI mode */
|
|
|
51 #endif
|
|
|
52 int sg_link; /* link to this highlight group ID */
|
|
|
53 int sg_set; /* combination of SG_* flags */
|
|
448
|
54 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
55 scid_T sg_scriptID; /* script in which the group was last set */
|
|
|
56 #endif
|
|
7
|
57 };
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
59 #define SG_TERM 1 /* term has been set */
|
|
|
60 #define SG_CTERM 2 /* cterm has been set */
|
|
|
61 #define SG_GUI 4 /* gui has been set */
|
|
|
62 #define SG_LINK 8 /* link has been set */
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
64 static garray_T highlight_ga; /* highlight groups for 'highlight' option */
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
66 #define HL_TABLE() ((struct hl_group *)((highlight_ga.ga_data)))
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
68 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
1322
|
69 /* Flags to indicate an additional string for highlight name completion. */
|
|
|
70 static int include_none = 0; /* when 1 include "None" */
|
|
|
71 static int include_default = 0; /* when 1 include "default" */
|
|
|
72 static int include_link = 0; /* when 2 include "link" and "clear" */
|
|
7
|
73 #endif
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
75 /*
|
|
|
76 * The "term", "cterm" and "gui" arguments can be any combination of the
|
|
|
77 * following names, separated by commas (but no spaces!).
|
|
|
78 */
|
|
|
79 static char *(hl_name_table[]) =
|
|
205
|
80 {"bold", "standout", "underline", "undercurl",
|
|
|
81 "italic", "reverse", "inverse", "NONE"};
|
|
7
|
82 static int hl_attr_table[] =
|
|
205
|
83 {HL_BOLD, HL_STANDOUT, HL_UNDERLINE, HL_UNDERCURL, HL_ITALIC, HL_INVERSE, HL_INVERSE, 0};
|
|
7
|
84
|
|
|
85 static int get_attr_entry __ARGS((garray_T *table, attrentry_T *aep));
|
|
|
86 static void syn_unadd_group __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
87 static void set_hl_attr __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
88 static void highlight_list_one __ARGS((int id));
|
|
|
89 static int highlight_list_arg __ARGS((int id, int didh, int type, int iarg, char_u *sarg, char *name));
|
|
|
90 static int syn_add_group __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
91 static int syn_list_header __ARGS((int did_header, int outlen, int id));
|
|
|
92 static int hl_has_settings __ARGS((int idx, int check_link));
|
|
|
93 static void highlight_clear __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
95 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
96 static void gui_do_one_color __ARGS((int idx, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
97 static int set_group_colors __ARGS((char_u *name, guicolor_T *fgp, guicolor_T *bgp, int do_menu, int use_norm, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
98 static guicolor_T color_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
99 static GuiFont font_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
100 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
101 static GuiFontset fontset_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name, int fixed_width));
|
|
|
102 # endif
|
|
|
103 static void hl_do_font __ARGS((int idx, char_u *arg, int do_normal, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
104 #endif
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
106 /*
|
|
|
107 * An attribute number is the index in attr_table plus ATTR_OFF.
|
|
|
108 */
|
|
|
109 #define ATTR_OFF (HL_ALL + 1)
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
111 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
113 #define SYN_NAMELEN 50 /* maximum length of a syntax name */
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
115 /* different types of offsets that are possible */
|
|
|
116 #define SPO_MS_OFF 0 /* match start offset */
|
|
|
117 #define SPO_ME_OFF 1 /* match end offset */
|
|
|
118 #define SPO_HS_OFF 2 /* highl. start offset */
|
|
|
119 #define SPO_HE_OFF 3 /* highl. end offset */
|
|
|
120 #define SPO_RS_OFF 4 /* region start offset */
|
|
|
121 #define SPO_RE_OFF 5 /* region end offset */
|
|
|
122 #define SPO_LC_OFF 6 /* leading context offset */
|
|
|
123 #define SPO_COUNT 7
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
125 static char *(spo_name_tab[SPO_COUNT]) =
|
|
|
126 {"ms=", "me=", "hs=", "he=", "rs=", "re=", "lc="};
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
128 /*
|
|
|
129 * The patterns that are being searched for are stored in a syn_pattern.
|
|
|
130 * A match item consists of one pattern.
|
|
|
131 * A start/end item consists of n start patterns and m end patterns.
|
|
|
132 * A start/skip/end item consists of n start patterns, one skip pattern and m
|
|
|
133 * end patterns.
|
|
|
134 * For the latter two, the patterns are always consecutive: start-skip-end.
|
|
|
135 *
|
|
|
136 * A character offset can be given for the matched text (_m_start and _m_end)
|
|
|
137 * and for the actually highlighted text (_h_start and _h_end).
|
|
|
138 */
|
|
|
139 typedef struct syn_pattern
|
|
|
140 {
|
|
|
141 char sp_type; /* see SPTYPE_ defines below */
|
|
|
142 char sp_syncing; /* this item used for syncing */
|
|
|
143 short sp_flags; /* see HL_ defines below */
|
|
|
144 struct sp_syn sp_syn; /* struct passed to in_id_list() */
|
|
|
145 short sp_syn_match_id; /* highlight group ID of pattern */
|
|
|
146 char_u *sp_pattern; /* regexp to match, pattern */
|
|
|
147 regprog_T *sp_prog; /* regexp to match, program */
|
|
|
148 int sp_ic; /* ignore-case flag for sp_prog */
|
|
|
149 short sp_off_flags; /* see below */
|
|
|
150 int sp_offsets[SPO_COUNT]; /* offsets */
|
|
|
151 short *sp_cont_list; /* cont. group IDs, if non-zero */
|
|
|
152 short *sp_next_list; /* next group IDs, if non-zero */
|
|
|
153 int sp_sync_idx; /* sync item index (syncing only) */
|
|
|
154 int sp_line_id; /* ID of last line where tried */
|
|
|
155 int sp_startcol; /* next match in sp_line_id line */
|
|
|
156 } synpat_T;
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
158 /* The sp_off_flags are computed like this:
|
|
|
159 * offset from the start of the matched text: (1 << SPO_XX_OFF)
|
|
|
160 * offset from the end of the matched text: (1 << (SPO_XX_OFF + SPO_COUNT))
|
|
|
161 * When both are present, only one is used.
|
|
|
162 */
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
164 #define SPTYPE_MATCH 1 /* match keyword with this group ID */
|
|
|
165 #define SPTYPE_START 2 /* match a regexp, start of item */
|
|
|
166 #define SPTYPE_END 3 /* match a regexp, end of item */
|
|
|
167 #define SPTYPE_SKIP 4 /* match a regexp, skip within item */
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
169 #define HL_CONTAINED 0x01 /* not used on toplevel */
|
|
|
170 #define HL_TRANSP 0x02 /* has no highlighting */
|
|
|
171 #define HL_ONELINE 0x04 /* match within one line only */
|
|
|
172 #define HL_HAS_EOL 0x08 /* end pattern that matches with $ */
|
|
|
173 #define HL_SYNC_HERE 0x10 /* sync point after this item (syncing only) */
|
|
|
174 #define HL_SYNC_THERE 0x20 /* sync point at current line (syncing only) */
|
|
|
175 #define HL_MATCH 0x40 /* use match ID instead of item ID */
|
|
|
176 #define HL_SKIPNL 0x80 /* nextgroup can skip newlines */
|
|
|
177 #define HL_SKIPWHITE 0x100 /* nextgroup can skip white space */
|
|
|
178 #define HL_SKIPEMPTY 0x200 /* nextgroup can skip empty lines */
|
|
|
179 #define HL_KEEPEND 0x400 /* end match always kept */
|
|
|
180 #define HL_EXCLUDENL 0x800 /* exclude NL from match */
|
|
|
181 #define HL_DISPLAY 0x1000 /* only used for displaying, not syncing */
|
|
|
182 #define HL_FOLD 0x2000 /* define fold */
|
|
|
183 #define HL_EXTEND 0x4000 /* ignore a keepend */
|
|
|
184 /* These don't fit in a short, thus can't be used for syntax items, only for
|
|
|
185 * si_flags and bs_flags. */
|
|
|
186 #define HL_MATCHCONT 0x8000 /* match continued from previous line */
|
|
|
187 #define HL_TRANS_CONT 0x10000L /* transparent item without contains arg */
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
189 #define SYN_ITEMS(buf) ((synpat_T *)((buf)->b_syn_patterns.ga_data))
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
191 #define NONE_IDX -2 /* value of sp_sync_idx for "NONE" */
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
193 /*
|
|
|
194 * Flags for b_syn_sync_flags:
|
|
|
195 */
|
|
|
196 #define SF_CCOMMENT 0x01 /* sync on a C-style comment */
|
|
|
197 #define SF_MATCH 0x02 /* sync by matching a pattern */
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
199 #define SYN_STATE_P(ssp) ((bufstate_T *)((ssp)->ga_data))
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
201 #define MAXKEYWLEN 80 /* maximum length of a keyword */
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
203 /*
|
|
|
204 * The attributes of the syntax item that has been recognized.
|
|
|
205 */
|
|
|
206 static int current_attr = 0; /* attr of current syntax word */
|
|
|
207 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
208 static int current_id = 0; /* ID of current char for syn_get_id() */
|
|
|
209 static int current_trans_id = 0; /* idem, transparancy removed */
|
|
|
210 #endif
|
|
|
211
|
|
221
|
212 typedef struct syn_cluster_S
|
|
7
|
213 {
|
|
|
214 char_u *scl_name; /* syntax cluster name */
|
|
|
215 char_u *scl_name_u; /* uppercase of scl_name */
|
|
|
216 short *scl_list; /* IDs in this syntax cluster */
|
|
221
|
217 } syn_cluster_T;
|
|
7
|
218
|
|
|
219 /*
|
|
|
220 * Methods of combining two clusters
|
|
|
221 */
|
|
|
222 #define CLUSTER_REPLACE 1 /* replace first list with second */
|
|
|
223 #define CLUSTER_ADD 2 /* add second list to first */
|
|
|
224 #define CLUSTER_SUBTRACT 3 /* subtract second list from first */
|
|
|
225
|
|
221
|
226 #define SYN_CLSTR(buf) ((syn_cluster_T *)((buf)->b_syn_clusters.ga_data))
|
|
7
|
227
|
|
|
228 /*
|
|
|
229 * Syntax group IDs have different types:
|
|
|
230 * 0 - 9999 normal syntax groups
|
|
|
231 * 10000 - 14999 ALLBUT indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
232 * 15000 - 19999 TOP indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
233 * 20000 - 24999 CONTAINED indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
234 * >= 25000 cluster IDs (subtract SYNID_CLUSTER for the cluster ID)
|
|
|
235 */
|
|
|
236 #define SYNID_ALLBUT 10000 /* syntax group ID for contains=ALLBUT */
|
|
|
237 #define SYNID_TOP 15000 /* syntax group ID for contains=TOP */
|
|
|
238 #define SYNID_CONTAINED 20000 /* syntax group ID for contains=CONTAINED */
|
|
|
239 #define SYNID_CLUSTER 25000 /* first syntax group ID for clusters */
|
|
|
240
|
|
|
241 /*
|
|
|
242 * Annoying Hack(TM): ":syn include" needs this pointer to pass to
|
|
|
243 * expand_filename(). Most of the other syntax commands don't need it, so
|
|
|
244 * instead of passing it to them, we stow it here.
|
|
|
245 */
|
|
|
246 static char_u **syn_cmdlinep;
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
248 /*
|
|
|
249 * Another Annoying Hack(TM): To prevent rules from other ":syn include"'d
|
|
|
250 * files from from leaking into ALLBUT lists, we assign a unique ID to the
|
|
|
251 * rules in each ":syn include"'d file.
|
|
|
252 */
|
|
|
253 static int current_syn_inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
254 static int running_syn_inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
255
|
|
|
256 /*
|
|
134
|
257 * In a hashtable item "hi_key" points to "keyword" in a keyentry.
|
|
|
258 * This avoids adding a pointer to the hashtable item.
|
|
|
259 * KE2HIKEY() converts a var pointer to a hashitem key pointer.
|
|
|
260 * HIKEY2KE() converts a hashitem key pointer to a var pointer.
|
|
|
261 * HI2KE() converts a hashitem pointer to a var pointer.
|
|
|
262 */
|
|
|
263 static keyentry_T dumkey;
|
|
|
264 #define KE2HIKEY(kp) ((kp)->keyword)
|
|
|
265 #define HIKEY2KE(p) ((keyentry_T *)((p) - (dumkey.keyword - (char_u *)&dumkey)))
|
|
|
266 #define HI2KE(hi) HIKEY2KE((hi)->hi_key)
|
|
|
267
|
|
|
268 /*
|
|
7
|
269 * To reduce the time spent in keepend(), remember at which level in the state
|
|
|
270 * stack the first item with "keepend" is present. When "-1", there is no
|
|
|
271 * "keepend" on the stack.
|
|
|
272 */
|
|
|
273 static int keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
274
|
|
|
275 /*
|
|
|
276 * For the current state we need to remember more than just the idx.
|
|
|
277 * When si_m_endpos.lnum is 0, the items other than si_idx are unknown.
|
|
|
278 * (The end positions have the column number of the next char)
|
|
|
279 */
|
|
|
280 typedef struct state_item
|
|
|
281 {
|
|
1371
|
282 int si_idx; /* index of syntax pattern or
|
|
|
283 KEYWORD_IDX */
|
|
7
|
284 int si_id; /* highlight group ID for keywords */
|
|
|
285 int si_trans_id; /* idem, transparancy removed */
|
|
|
286 int si_m_lnum; /* lnum of the match */
|
|
|
287 int si_m_startcol; /* starting column of the match */
|
|
|
288 lpos_T si_m_endpos; /* just after end posn of the match */
|
|
|
289 lpos_T si_h_startpos; /* start position of the highlighting */
|
|
|
290 lpos_T si_h_endpos; /* end position of the highlighting */
|
|
|
291 lpos_T si_eoe_pos; /* end position of end pattern */
|
|
|
292 int si_end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern or zero */
|
|
|
293 int si_ends; /* if match ends before si_m_endpos */
|
|
|
294 int si_attr; /* attributes in this state */
|
|
|
295 long si_flags; /* HL_HAS_EOL flag in this state, and
|
|
|
296 * HL_SKIP* for si_next_list */
|
|
|
297 short *si_cont_list; /* list of contained groups */
|
|
|
298 short *si_next_list; /* nextgroup IDs after this item ends */
|
|
|
299 reg_extmatch_T *si_extmatch; /* \z(...\) matches from start
|
|
|
300 * pattern */
|
|
|
301 } stateitem_T;
|
|
|
302
|
|
|
303 #define KEYWORD_IDX -1 /* value of si_idx for keywords */
|
|
|
304 #define ID_LIST_ALL (short *)-1 /* valid of si_cont_list for containing all
|
|
|
305 but contained groups */
|
|
|
306
|
|
|
307 /*
|
|
154
|
308 * Struct to reduce the number of arguments to get_syn_options(), it's used
|
|
|
309 * very often.
|
|
|
310 */
|
|
|
311 typedef struct
|
|
|
312 {
|
|
1222
|
313 int flags; /* flags for contained and transparent */
|
|
154
|
314 int keyword; /* TRUE for ":syn keyword" */
|
|
|
315 int *sync_idx; /* syntax item for "grouphere" argument, NULL
|
|
|
316 if not allowed */
|
|
|
317 char has_cont_list; /* TRUE if "cont_list" can be used */
|
|
|
318 short *cont_list; /* group IDs for "contains" argument */
|
|
|
319 short *cont_in_list; /* group IDs for "containedin" argument */
|
|
|
320 short *next_list; /* group IDs for "nextgroup" argument */
|
|
|
321 } syn_opt_arg_T;
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
323 /*
|
|
7
|
324 * The next possible match in the current line for any pattern is remembered,
|
|
|
325 * to avoid having to try for a match in each column.
|
|
|
326 * If next_match_idx == -1, not tried (in this line) yet.
|
|
|
327 * If next_match_col == MAXCOL, no match found in this line.
|
|
|
328 * (All end positions have the column of the char after the end)
|
|
|
329 */
|
|
|
330 static int next_match_col; /* column for start of next match */
|
|
|
331 static lpos_T next_match_m_endpos; /* position for end of next match */
|
|
|
332 static lpos_T next_match_h_startpos; /* pos. for highl. start of next match */
|
|
|
333 static lpos_T next_match_h_endpos; /* pos. for highl. end of next match */
|
|
|
334 static int next_match_idx; /* index of matched item */
|
|
|
335 static long next_match_flags; /* flags for next match */
|
|
|
336 static lpos_T next_match_eos_pos; /* end of start pattn (start region) */
|
|
|
337 static lpos_T next_match_eoe_pos; /* pos. for end of end pattern */
|
|
|
338 static int next_match_end_idx; /* ID of group for end pattn or zero */
|
|
|
339 static reg_extmatch_T *next_match_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
341 /*
|
|
|
342 * A state stack is an array of integers or stateitem_T, stored in a
|
|
|
343 * garray_T. A state stack is invalid if it's itemsize entry is zero.
|
|
|
344 */
|
|
|
345 #define INVALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize == 0)
|
|
|
346 #define VALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize != 0)
|
|
|
347
|
|
|
348 /*
|
|
|
349 * The current state (within the line) of the recognition engine.
|
|
|
350 * When current_state.ga_itemsize is 0 the current state is invalid.
|
|
|
351 */
|
|
|
352 static win_T *syn_win; /* current window for highlighting */
|
|
|
353 static buf_T *syn_buf; /* current buffer for highlighting */
|
|
|
354 static linenr_T current_lnum = 0; /* lnum of current state */
|
|
|
355 static colnr_T current_col = 0; /* column of current state */
|
|
|
356 static int current_state_stored = 0; /* TRUE if stored current state
|
|
|
357 * after setting current_finished */
|
|
|
358 static int current_finished = 0; /* current line has been finished */
|
|
|
359 static garray_T current_state /* current stack of state_items */
|
|
|
360 = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
|
361 static short *current_next_list = NULL; /* when non-zero, nextgroup list */
|
|
|
362 static int current_next_flags = 0; /* flags for current_next_list */
|
|
|
363 static int current_line_id = 0; /* unique number for current line */
|
|
|
364
|
|
|
365 #define CUR_STATE(idx) ((stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))[idx]
|
|
|
366
|
|
|
367 static void syn_sync __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum, synstate_T *last_valid));
|
|
|
368 static int syn_match_linecont __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
369 static void syn_start_line __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
370 static void syn_update_ends __ARGS((int startofline));
|
|
|
371 static void syn_stack_alloc __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
372 static int syn_stack_cleanup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
373 static void syn_stack_free_entry __ARGS((buf_T *buf, synstate_T *p));
|
|
|
374 static synstate_T *syn_stack_find_entry __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
375 static synstate_T *store_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
|
|
|
376 static void load_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *from));
|
|
|
377 static void invalidate_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
378 static int syn_stack_equal __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
|
|
|
379 static void validate_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
380 static int syn_finish_line __ARGS((int syncing));
|
|
1504
|
381 static int syn_current_attr __ARGS((int syncing, int displaying, int *can_spell, int keep_state));
|
|
7
|
382 static int did_match_already __ARGS((int idx, garray_T *gap));
|
|
|
383 static stateitem_T *push_next_match __ARGS((stateitem_T *cur_si));
|
|
|
384 static void check_state_ends __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
385 static void update_si_attr __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
386 static void check_keepend __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
387 static void update_si_end __ARGS((stateitem_T *sip, int startcol, int force));
|
|
|
388 static short *copy_id_list __ARGS((short *list));
|
|
|
389 static int in_id_list __ARGS((stateitem_T *item, short *cont_list, struct sp_syn *ssp, int contained));
|
|
|
390 static int push_current_state __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
391 static void pop_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
393 static void find_endpos __ARGS((int idx, lpos_T *startpos, lpos_T *m_endpos, lpos_T *hl_endpos, long *flagsp, lpos_T *end_endpos, int *end_idx, reg_extmatch_T *start_ext));
|
|
|
394 static void clear_syn_state __ARGS((synstate_T *p));
|
|
|
395 static void clear_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
396
|
|
|
397 static void limit_pos __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
|
|
|
398 static void limit_pos_zero __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
|
|
|
399 static void syn_add_end_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
|
|
|
400 static void syn_add_start_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
|
|
|
401 static char_u *syn_getcurline __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
402 static int syn_regexec __ARGS((regmmatch_T *rmp, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col));
|
|
|
403 static int check_keyword_id __ARGS((char_u *line, int startcol, int *endcol, long *flags, short **next_list, stateitem_T *cur_si));
|
|
|
404 static void syn_cmd_case __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
419
|
405 static void syn_cmd_spell __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
7
|
406 static void syntax_sync_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
407 static void syn_remove_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int idx));
|
|
|
408 static void syn_clear_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
|
|
|
409 static void syn_clear_cluster __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
|
|
|
410 static void syn_cmd_clear __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
411 static void syn_clear_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing));
|
|
|
412 static void syn_cmd_on __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
413 static void syn_cmd_enable __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
414 static void syn_cmd_reset __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
415 static void syn_cmd_manual __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
416 static void syn_cmd_off __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
417 static void syn_cmd_onoff __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, char *name));
|
|
|
418 static void syn_cmd_list __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
419 static void syn_lines_msg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
420 static void syn_match_msg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
421 static void syn_list_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing, int link_only));
|
|
|
422 static void syn_list_cluster __ARGS((int id));
|
|
|
423 static void put_id_list __ARGS((char_u *name, short *list, int attr));
|
|
|
424 static void put_pattern __ARGS((char *s, int c, synpat_T *spp, int attr));
|
|
134
|
425 static int syn_list_keywords __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht, int did_header, int attr));
|
|
|
426 static void syn_clear_keyword __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht));
|
|
|
427 static void clear_keywtab __ARGS((hashtab_T *ht));
|
|
7
|
428 static void add_keyword __ARGS((char_u *name, int id, int flags, short *cont_in_list, short *next_list));
|
|
|
429 static char_u *get_group_name __ARGS((char_u *arg, char_u **name_end));
|
|
154
|
430 static char_u *get_syn_options __ARGS((char_u *arg, syn_opt_arg_T *opt));
|
|
7
|
431 static void syn_cmd_include __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
432 static void syn_cmd_keyword __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
433 static void syn_cmd_match __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
434 static void syn_cmd_region __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
435 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
436 static int _RTLENTRYF syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
|
|
|
437 #else
|
|
|
438 static int syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
|
|
|
439 #endif
|
|
|
440 static void syn_cmd_cluster __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
441 static int syn_scl_name2id __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
442 static int syn_scl_namen2id __ARGS((char_u *linep, int len));
|
|
|
443 static int syn_check_cluster __ARGS((char_u *pp, int len));
|
|
|
444 static int syn_add_cluster __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
445 static void init_syn_patterns __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
446 static char_u *get_syn_pattern __ARGS((char_u *arg, synpat_T *ci));
|
|
|
447 static void syn_cmd_sync __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
448 static int get_id_list __ARGS((char_u **arg, int keylen, short **list));
|
|
|
449 static void syn_combine_list __ARGS((short **clstr1, short **clstr2, int list_op));
|
|
|
450 static void syn_incl_toplevel __ARGS((int id, int *flagsp));
|
|
|
451
|
|
|
452 /*
|
|
|
453 * Start the syntax recognition for a line. This function is normally called
|
|
|
454 * from the screen updating, once for each displayed line.
|
|
|
455 * The buffer is remembered in syn_buf, because get_syntax_attr() doesn't get
|
|
|
456 * it. Careful: curbuf and curwin are likely to point to another buffer and
|
|
|
457 * window.
|
|
|
458 */
|
|
|
459 void
|
|
|
460 syntax_start(wp, lnum)
|
|
|
461 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
462 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
463 {
|
|
|
464 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
465 synstate_T *last_valid = NULL;
|
|
|
466 synstate_T *last_min_valid = NULL;
|
|
|
467 synstate_T *sp, *prev;
|
|
|
468 linenr_T parsed_lnum;
|
|
|
469 linenr_T first_stored;
|
|
|
470 int dist;
|
|
26
|
471 static int changedtick = 0; /* remember the last change ID */
|
|
7
|
472
|
|
|
473 /*
|
|
|
474 * After switching buffers, invalidate current_state.
|
|
26
|
475 * Also do this when a change was made, the current state may be invalid
|
|
|
476 * then.
|
|
7
|
477 */
|
|
26
|
478 if (syn_buf != wp->w_buffer || changedtick != syn_buf->b_changedtick)
|
|
7
|
479 {
|
|
|
480 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
481 syn_buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
482 }
|
|
26
|
483 changedtick = syn_buf->b_changedtick;
|
|
7
|
484 syn_win = wp;
|
|
|
485
|
|
|
486 /*
|
|
|
487 * Allocate syntax stack when needed.
|
|
|
488 */
|
|
|
489 syn_stack_alloc();
|
|
|
490 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
|
|
410
|
491 return; /* out of memory */
|
|
7
|
492 syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick = display_tick;
|
|
|
493
|
|
|
494 /*
|
|
|
495 * If the state of the end of the previous line is useful, store it.
|
|
|
496 */
|
|
|
497 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state)
|
|
|
498 && current_lnum < lnum
|
|
|
499 && current_lnum < syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
500 {
|
|
|
501 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
502 if (!current_state_stored)
|
|
|
503 {
|
|
|
504 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
505 (void)store_current_state(NULL);
|
|
|
506 }
|
|
|
507
|
|
|
508 /*
|
|
|
509 * If the current_lnum is now the same as "lnum", keep the current
|
|
|
510 * state (this happens very often!). Otherwise invalidate
|
|
|
511 * current_state and figure it out below.
|
|
|
512 */
|
|
|
513 if (current_lnum != lnum)
|
|
|
514 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
515 }
|
|
|
516 else
|
|
|
517 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
518
|
|
|
519 /*
|
|
|
520 * Try to synchronize from a saved state in b_sst_array[].
|
|
|
521 * Only do this if lnum is not before and not to far beyond a saved state.
|
|
|
522 */
|
|
|
523 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state) && syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
524 {
|
|
|
525 /* Find last valid saved state before start_lnum. */
|
|
|
526 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
527 {
|
|
|
528 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
|
|
|
529 break;
|
|
|
530 if (p->sst_lnum <= lnum && p->sst_change_lnum == 0)
|
|
|
531 {
|
|
|
532 last_valid = p;
|
|
|
533 if (p->sst_lnum >= lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines)
|
|
|
534 last_min_valid = p;
|
|
|
535 }
|
|
|
536 }
|
|
|
537 if (last_min_valid != NULL)
|
|
|
538 load_current_state(last_min_valid);
|
|
|
539 }
|
|
|
540
|
|
|
541 /*
|
|
|
542 * If "lnum" is before or far beyond a line with a saved state, need to
|
|
|
543 * re-synchronize.
|
|
|
544 */
|
|
|
545 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state))
|
|
|
546 {
|
|
|
547 syn_sync(wp, lnum, last_valid);
|
|
|
548 first_stored = current_lnum + syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines;
|
|
|
549 }
|
|
|
550 else
|
|
|
551 first_stored = current_lnum;
|
|
|
552
|
|
|
553 /*
|
|
|
554 * Advance from the sync point or saved state until the current line.
|
|
|
555 * Save some entries for syncing with later on.
|
|
|
556 */
|
|
819
|
557 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len <= Rows)
|
|
|
558 dist = 999999;
|
|
|
559 else
|
|
|
560 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
|
|
7
|
561 prev = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
562 while (current_lnum < lnum)
|
|
|
563 {
|
|
|
564 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
565 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
566 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
567
|
|
|
568 /* If we parsed at least "minlines" lines or started at a valid
|
|
|
569 * state, the current state is considered valid. */
|
|
|
570 if (current_lnum >= first_stored)
|
|
|
571 {
|
|
|
572 /* Check if the saved state entry is for the current line and is
|
|
|
573 * equal to the current state. If so, then validate all saved
|
|
|
574 * states that depended on a change before the parsed line. */
|
|
|
575 if (prev == NULL)
|
|
|
576 sp = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
577 else
|
|
|
578 sp = prev->sst_next;
|
|
|
579 if (sp != NULL
|
|
|
580 && sp->sst_lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
581 && syn_stack_equal(sp))
|
|
|
582 {
|
|
|
583 parsed_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
584 prev = sp;
|
|
|
585 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum <= parsed_lnum)
|
|
|
586 {
|
|
|
587 if (sp->sst_lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
588 /* valid state before desired line, use this one */
|
|
|
589 prev = sp;
|
|
|
590 else if (sp->sst_change_lnum == 0)
|
|
|
591 /* past saved states depending on change, break here. */
|
|
|
592 break;
|
|
|
593 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
594 sp = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
595 }
|
|
|
596 load_current_state(prev);
|
|
|
597 }
|
|
|
598 /* Store the state at this line when it's the first one, the line
|
|
|
599 * where we start parsing, or some distance from the previously
|
|
|
600 * saved state. But only when parsed at least 'minlines'. */
|
|
|
601 else if (prev == NULL
|
|
|
602 || current_lnum == lnum
|
|
|
603 || current_lnum >= prev->sst_lnum + dist)
|
|
|
604 prev = store_current_state(prev);
|
|
|
605 }
|
|
|
606
|
|
|
607 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. The current
|
|
|
608 * state will be wrong then. */
|
|
|
609 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
610 if (got_int)
|
|
|
611 {
|
|
|
612 current_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
613 break;
|
|
|
614 }
|
|
|
615 }
|
|
|
616
|
|
|
617 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
618 }
|
|
|
619
|
|
|
620 /*
|
|
|
621 * We cannot simply discard growarrays full of state_items or buf_states; we
|
|
|
622 * have to manually release their extmatch pointers first.
|
|
|
623 */
|
|
|
624 static void
|
|
|
625 clear_syn_state(p)
|
|
|
626 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
627 {
|
|
|
628 int i;
|
|
|
629 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
630
|
|
|
631 if (p->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
632 {
|
|
|
633 gap = &(p->sst_union.sst_ga);
|
|
|
634 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
|
|
|
635 unref_extmatch(SYN_STATE_P(gap)[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
636 ga_clear(gap);
|
|
|
637 }
|
|
|
638 else
|
|
|
639 {
|
|
|
640 for (i = 0; i < p->sst_stacksize; i++)
|
|
|
641 unref_extmatch(p->sst_union.sst_stack[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
642 }
|
|
|
643 }
|
|
|
644
|
|
|
645 /*
|
|
|
646 * Cleanup the current_state stack.
|
|
|
647 */
|
|
|
648 static void
|
|
|
649 clear_current_state()
|
|
|
650 {
|
|
|
651 int i;
|
|
|
652 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
653
|
|
|
654 sip = (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data);
|
|
|
655 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; i++)
|
|
|
656 unref_extmatch(sip[i].si_extmatch);
|
|
|
657 ga_clear(¤t_state);
|
|
|
658 }
|
|
|
659
|
|
|
660 /*
|
|
|
661 * Try to find a synchronisation point for line "lnum".
|
|
|
662 *
|
|
|
663 * This sets current_lnum and the current state. One of three methods is
|
|
|
664 * used:
|
|
|
665 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-comment.
|
|
|
666 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
|
|
|
667 * 3. Simply start on a given number of lines above "lnum".
|
|
|
668 */
|
|
|
669 static void
|
|
|
670 syn_sync(wp, start_lnum, last_valid)
|
|
|
671 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
672 linenr_T start_lnum;
|
|
|
673 synstate_T *last_valid;
|
|
|
674 {
|
|
|
675 buf_T *curbuf_save;
|
|
|
676 win_T *curwin_save;
|
|
|
677 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
678 int idx;
|
|
|
679 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
680 linenr_T end_lnum;
|
|
|
681 linenr_T break_lnum;
|
|
|
682 int had_sync_point;
|
|
|
683 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
684 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
685 char_u *line;
|
|
|
686 int found_flags = 0;
|
|
|
687 int found_match_idx = 0;
|
|
|
688 linenr_T found_current_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
689 int found_current_col= 0;
|
|
|
690 lpos_T found_m_endpos;
|
|
442
|
691 colnr_T prev_current_col;
|
|
7
|
692
|
|
|
693 /*
|
|
|
694 * Clear any current state that might be hanging around.
|
|
|
695 */
|
|
|
696 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
697
|
|
|
698 /*
|
|
|
699 * Start at least "minlines" back. Default starting point for parsing is
|
|
|
700 * there.
|
|
|
701 * Start further back, to avoid that scrolling backwards will result in
|
|
|
702 * resyncing for every line. Now it resyncs only one out of N lines,
|
|
|
703 * where N is minlines * 1.5, or minlines * 2 if minlines is small.
|
|
|
704 * Watch out for overflow when minlines is MAXLNUM.
|
|
|
705 */
|
|
|
706 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines > start_lnum)
|
|
|
707 start_lnum = 1;
|
|
|
708 else
|
|
|
709 {
|
|
|
710 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 1)
|
|
|
711 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
712 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines < 10)
|
|
|
713 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 2;
|
|
|
714 else
|
|
|
715 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 3 / 2;
|
|
|
716 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
|
|
|
717 && lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
718 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
|
|
|
719 if (lnum >= start_lnum)
|
|
|
720 start_lnum = 1;
|
|
|
721 else
|
|
|
722 start_lnum -= lnum;
|
|
|
723 }
|
|
|
724 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
725
|
|
|
726 /*
|
|
|
727 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-style comment.
|
|
|
728 */
|
|
|
729 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
|
|
|
730 {
|
|
|
731 /* Need to make syn_buf the current buffer for a moment, to be able to
|
|
|
732 * use find_start_comment(). */
|
|
|
733 curwin_save = curwin;
|
|
|
734 curwin = wp;
|
|
|
735 curbuf_save = curbuf;
|
|
|
736 curbuf = syn_buf;
|
|
|
737
|
|
|
738 /*
|
|
|
739 * Skip lines that end in a backslash.
|
|
|
740 */
|
|
|
741 for ( ; start_lnum > 1; --start_lnum)
|
|
|
742 {
|
|
|
743 line = ml_get(start_lnum - 1);
|
|
|
744 if (*line == NUL || *(line + STRLEN(line) - 1) != '\\')
|
|
|
745 break;
|
|
|
746 }
|
|
|
747 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
748
|
|
|
749 /* set cursor to start of search */
|
|
|
750 cursor_save = wp->w_cursor;
|
|
|
751 wp->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
752 wp->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
753
|
|
|
754 /*
|
|
|
755 * If the line is inside a comment, need to find the syntax item that
|
|
|
756 * defines the comment.
|
|
|
757 * Restrict the search for the end of a comment to b_syn_sync_maxlines.
|
|
|
758 */
|
|
|
759 if (find_start_comment((int)syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) != NULL)
|
|
|
760 {
|
|
|
761 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
762 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_syn.id == syn_buf->b_syn_sync_id
|
|
|
763 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
764 {
|
|
|
765 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
766 if (push_current_state(idx) == OK)
|
|
|
767 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
768 break;
|
|
|
769 }
|
|
|
770 }
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
772 /* restore cursor and buffer */
|
|
|
773 wp->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
774 curwin = curwin_save;
|
|
|
775 curbuf = curbuf_save;
|
|
|
776 }
|
|
|
777
|
|
|
778 /*
|
|
|
779 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
|
|
|
780 */
|
|
|
781 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH)
|
|
|
782 {
|
|
|
783 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
|
|
|
784 && start_lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
785 break_lnum = start_lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
|
|
|
786 else
|
|
|
787 break_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
788
|
|
699
|
789 found_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
790 found_m_endpos.col = 0;
|
|
7
|
791 end_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
792 lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
793 while (--lnum > break_lnum)
|
|
|
794 {
|
|
|
795 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. */
|
|
|
796 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
797 if (got_int)
|
|
|
798 {
|
|
|
799 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
800 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
801 break;
|
|
|
802 }
|
|
|
803
|
|
|
804 /* Check if we have run into a valid saved state stack now. */
|
|
|
805 if (last_valid != NULL && lnum == last_valid->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
806 {
|
|
|
807 load_current_state(last_valid);
|
|
|
808 break;
|
|
|
809 }
|
|
|
810
|
|
|
811 /*
|
|
|
812 * Check if the previous line has the line-continuation pattern.
|
|
|
813 */
|
|
|
814 if (lnum > 1 && syn_match_linecont(lnum - 1))
|
|
|
815 continue;
|
|
|
816
|
|
|
817 /*
|
|
|
818 * Start with nothing on the state stack
|
|
|
819 */
|
|
|
820 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
821
|
|
|
822 for (current_lnum = lnum; current_lnum < end_lnum; ++current_lnum)
|
|
|
823 {
|
|
|
824 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
825 for (;;)
|
|
|
826 {
|
|
|
827 had_sync_point = syn_finish_line(TRUE);
|
|
|
828 /*
|
|
|
829 * When a sync point has been found, remember where, and
|
|
|
830 * continue to look for another one, further on in the line.
|
|
|
831 */
|
|
|
832 if (had_sync_point && current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
833 {
|
|
|
834 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
835 if (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum > start_lnum)
|
|
|
836 {
|
|
|
837 /* ignore match that goes to after where started */
|
|
|
838 current_lnum = end_lnum;
|
|
|
839 break;
|
|
|
840 }
|
|
1371
|
841 if (cur_si->si_idx < 0)
|
|
|
842 {
|
|
|
843 /* Cannot happen? */
|
|
|
844 found_flags = 0;
|
|
|
845 found_match_idx = KEYWORD_IDX;
|
|
|
846 }
|
|
|
847 else
|
|
|
848 {
|
|
|
849 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]);
|
|
|
850 found_flags = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
851 found_match_idx = spp->sp_sync_idx;
|
|
|
852 }
|
|
7
|
853 found_current_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
854 found_current_col = current_col;
|
|
|
855 found_m_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
856 /*
|
|
|
857 * Continue after the match (be aware of a zero-length
|
|
|
858 * match).
|
|
|
859 */
|
|
|
860 if (found_m_endpos.lnum > current_lnum)
|
|
|
861 {
|
|
|
862 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
|
|
|
863 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
864 if (current_lnum >= end_lnum)
|
|
|
865 break;
|
|
|
866 }
|
|
|
867 else if (found_m_endpos.col > current_col)
|
|
|
868 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
869 else
|
|
|
870 ++current_col;
|
|
|
871
|
|
|
872 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for
|
|
442
|
873 * an item that ends here, need to do that now. Be
|
|
|
874 * careful not to go past the NUL. */
|
|
|
875 prev_current_col = current_col;
|
|
|
876 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
|
|
|
877 ++current_col;
|
|
7
|
878 check_state_ends();
|
|
442
|
879 current_col = prev_current_col;
|
|
7
|
880 }
|
|
|
881 else
|
|
|
882 break;
|
|
|
883 }
|
|
|
884 }
|
|
|
885
|
|
|
886 /*
|
|
|
887 * If a sync point was encountered, break here.
|
|
|
888 */
|
|
|
889 if (found_flags)
|
|
|
890 {
|
|
|
891 /*
|
|
|
892 * Put the item that was specified by the sync point on the
|
|
|
893 * state stack. If there was no item specified, make the
|
|
|
894 * state stack empty.
|
|
|
895 */
|
|
|
896 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
897 if (found_match_idx >= 0
|
|
|
898 && push_current_state(found_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
899 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
900
|
|
|
901 /*
|
|
|
902 * When using "grouphere", continue from the sync point
|
|
|
903 * match, until the end of the line. Parsing starts at
|
|
|
904 * the next line.
|
|
|
905 * For "groupthere" the parsing starts at start_lnum.
|
|
|
906 */
|
|
|
907 if (found_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
|
|
|
908 {
|
|
|
909 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
910 {
|
|
|
911 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
912 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = found_current_lnum;
|
|
|
913 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = found_current_col;
|
|
|
914 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
|
|
|
915 check_keepend();
|
|
|
916 }
|
|
|
917 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
918 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
|
|
|
919 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
920 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
921 }
|
|
|
922 else
|
|
|
923 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
924
|
|
|
925 break;
|
|
|
926 }
|
|
|
927
|
|
|
928 end_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
929 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
930 }
|
|
|
931
|
|
|
932 /* Ran into start of the file or exceeded maximum number of lines */
|
|
|
933 if (lnum <= break_lnum)
|
|
|
934 {
|
|
|
935 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
936 current_lnum = break_lnum + 1;
|
|
|
937 }
|
|
|
938 }
|
|
|
939
|
|
|
940 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
941 }
|
|
|
942
|
|
|
943 /*
|
|
|
944 * Return TRUE if the line-continuation pattern matches in line "lnum".
|
|
|
945 */
|
|
|
946 static int
|
|
|
947 syn_match_linecont(lnum)
|
|
|
948 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
949 {
|
|
|
950 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
951
|
|
|
952 if (syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog != NULL)
|
|
|
953 {
|
|
|
954 regmatch.rmm_ic = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_ic;
|
|
|
955 regmatch.regprog = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog;
|
|
|
956 return syn_regexec(®match, lnum, (colnr_T)0);
|
|
|
957 }
|
|
|
958 return FALSE;
|
|
|
959 }
|
|
|
960
|
|
|
961 /*
|
|
|
962 * Prepare the current state for the start of a line.
|
|
|
963 */
|
|
|
964 static void
|
|
|
965 syn_start_line()
|
|
|
966 {
|
|
|
967 current_finished = FALSE;
|
|
|
968 current_col = 0;
|
|
|
969
|
|
|
970 /*
|
|
|
971 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
|
|
|
972 * previous line and regions that have "keepend".
|
|
|
973 */
|
|
|
974 if (current_state.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
975 syn_update_ends(TRUE);
|
|
|
976
|
|
|
977 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
978 ++current_line_id;
|
|
|
979 }
|
|
|
980
|
|
|
981 /*
|
|
|
982 * Check for items in the stack that need their end updated.
|
|
|
983 * When "startofline" is TRUE the last item is always updated.
|
|
|
984 * When "startofline" is FALSE the item with "keepend" is forcefully updated.
|
|
|
985 */
|
|
|
986 static void
|
|
|
987 syn_update_ends(startofline)
|
|
|
988 int startofline;
|
|
|
989 {
|
|
|
990 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
991 int i;
|
|
991
|
992 int seen_keepend;
|
|
7
|
993
|
|
|
994 if (startofline)
|
|
|
995 {
|
|
|
996 /* Check for a match carried over from a previous line with a
|
|
|
997 * contained region. The match ends as soon as the region ends. */
|
|
|
998 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
999 {
|
|
|
1000 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
1001 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
1002 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]).sp_type
|
|
|
1003 == SPTYPE_MATCH
|
|
|
1004 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum)
|
|
|
1005 {
|
|
|
1006 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCHCONT;
|
|
|
1007 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
1008 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = 0;
|
|
|
1009 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
1010 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
1011 }
|
|
|
1012 }
|
|
|
1013 }
|
|
|
1014
|
|
|
1015 /*
|
|
|
1016 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
|
|
|
1017 * previous line. And regions that have "keepend", because they may
|
|
991
|
1018 * influence contained items. If we've just removed "extend"
|
|
|
1019 * (startofline == 0) then we should update ends of normal regions
|
|
|
1020 * contained inside "keepend" because "extend" could have extended
|
|
|
1021 * these "keepend" regions as well as contained normal regions.
|
|
7
|
1022 * Then check for items ending in column 0.
|
|
|
1023 */
|
|
|
1024 i = current_state.ga_len - 1;
|
|
|
1025 if (keepend_level >= 0)
|
|
|
1026 for ( ; i > keepend_level; --i)
|
|
|
1027 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
1028 break;
|
|
991
|
1029
|
|
|
1030 seen_keepend = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
1031 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
1032 {
|
|
|
1033 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
1034 if ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)
|
|
991
|
1035 || (seen_keepend && !startofline)
|
|
7
|
1036 || (i == current_state.ga_len - 1 && startofline))
|
|
|
1037 {
|
|
|
1038 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* start highl. in col 0 */
|
|
|
1039 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1040
|
|
|
1041 if (!(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCHCONT))
|
|
|
1042 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, !startofline);
|
|
991
|
1043
|
|
|
1044 if (!startofline && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
|
1045 seen_keepend = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
1046 }
|
|
|
1047 }
|
|
|
1048 check_keepend();
|
|
|
1049 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
1050 }
|
|
|
1051
|
|
|
1052 /****************************************
|
|
|
1053 * Handling of the state stack cache.
|
|
|
1054 */
|
|
|
1055
|
|
|
1056 /*
|
|
|
1057 * EXPLANATION OF THE SYNTAX STATE STACK CACHE
|
|
|
1058 *
|
|
|
1059 * To speed up syntax highlighting, the state stack for the start of some
|
|
|
1060 * lines is cached. These entries can be used to start parsing at that point.
|
|
|
1061 *
|
|
|
1062 * The stack is kept in b_sst_array[] for each buffer. There is a list of
|
|
|
1063 * valid entries. b_sst_first points to the first one, then follow sst_next.
|
|
|
1064 * The entries are sorted on line number. The first entry is often for line 2
|
|
|
1065 * (line 1 always starts with an empty stack).
|
|
|
1066 * There is also a list for free entries. This construction is used to avoid
|
|
|
1067 * having to allocate and free memory blocks too often.
|
|
|
1068 *
|
|
|
1069 * When making changes to the buffer, this is logged in b_mod_*. When calling
|
|
|
1070 * update_screen() to update the display, it will call
|
|
|
1071 * syn_stack_apply_changes() for each displayed buffer to adjust the cached
|
|
|
1072 * entries. The entries which are inside the changed area are removed,
|
|
|
1073 * because they must be recomputed. Entries below the changed have their line
|
|
|
1074 * number adjusted for deleted/inserted lines, and have their sst_change_lnum
|
|
|
1075 * set to indicate that a check must be made if the changed lines would change
|
|
|
1076 * the cached entry.
|
|
|
1077 *
|
|
|
1078 * When later displaying lines, an entry is stored for each line. Displayed
|
|
|
1079 * lines are likely to be displayed again, in which case the state at the
|
|
|
1080 * start of the line is needed.
|
|
|
1081 * For not displayed lines, an entry is stored for every so many lines. These
|
|
|
1082 * entries will be used e.g., when scrolling backwards. The distance between
|
|
|
1083 * entries depends on the number of lines in the buffer. For small buffers
|
|
|
1084 * the distance is fixed at SST_DIST, for large buffers there is a fixed
|
|
|
1085 * number of entries SST_MAX_ENTRIES, and the distance is computed.
|
|
|
1086 */
|
|
|
1087
|
|
|
1088 /*
|
|
|
1089 * Free b_sst_array[] for buffer "buf".
|
|
|
1090 * Used when syntax items changed to force resyncing everywhere.
|
|
|
1091 */
|
|
|
1092 void
|
|
|
1093 syn_stack_free_all(buf)
|
|
|
1094 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1095 {
|
|
|
1096 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1097 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1098
|
|
|
1099 if (buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1100 {
|
|
|
1101 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1102 clear_syn_state(p);
|
|
|
1103 vim_free(buf->b_sst_array);
|
|
|
1104 buf->b_sst_array = NULL;
|
|
|
1105 buf->b_sst_len = 0;
|
|
|
1106 }
|
|
|
1107 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1108 /* When using "syntax" fold method, must update all folds. */
|
|
|
1109 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
|
1110 {
|
|
|
1111 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && foldmethodIsSyntax(wp))
|
|
|
1112 foldUpdateAll(wp);
|
|
|
1113 }
|
|
|
1114 #endif
|
|
|
1115 }
|
|
|
1116
|
|
|
1117 /*
|
|
|
1118 * Allocate the syntax state stack for syn_buf when needed.
|
|
|
1119 * If the number of entries in b_sst_array[] is much too big or a bit too
|
|
|
1120 * small, reallocate it.
|
|
|
1121 * Also used to allocate b_sst_array[] for the first time.
|
|
|
1122 */
|
|
|
1123 static void
|
|
|
1124 syn_stack_alloc()
|
|
|
1125 {
|
|
|
1126 long len;
|
|
|
1127 synstate_T *to, *from;
|
|
|
1128 synstate_T *sstp;
|
|
|
1129
|
|
|
1130 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
|
|
|
1131 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1132 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1133 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1134 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1135 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len > len * 2 || syn_buf->b_sst_len < len)
|
|
|
1136 {
|
|
|
1137 /* Allocate 50% too much, to avoid reallocating too often. */
|
|
|
1138 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
1139 len = (len + len / 2) / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
|
|
|
1140 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1141 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1142 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1143 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1144
|
|
|
1145 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1146 {
|
|
|
1147 /* When shrinking the array, cleanup the existing stack.
|
|
|
1148 * Make sure that all valid entries fit in the new array. */
|
|
|
1149 while (syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2 > len
|
|
|
1150 && syn_stack_cleanup())
|
|
|
1151 ;
|
|
|
1152 if (len < syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2)
|
|
|
1153 len = syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2;
|
|
|
1154 }
|
|
|
1155
|
|
|
1156 sstp = (synstate_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)(len * sizeof(synstate_T)));
|
|
|
1157 if (sstp == NULL) /* out of memory! */
|
|
|
1158 return;
|
|
|
1159
|
|
|
1160 to = sstp - 1;
|
|
|
1161 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1162 {
|
|
|
1163 /* Move the states from the old array to the new one. */
|
|
|
1164 for (from = syn_buf->b_sst_first; from != NULL;
|
|
|
1165 from = from->sst_next)
|
|
|
1166 {
|
|
|
1167 ++to;
|
|
|
1168 *to = *from;
|
|
|
1169 to->sst_next = to + 1;
|
|
|
1170 }
|
|
|
1171 }
|
|
|
1172 if (to != sstp - 1)
|
|
|
1173 {
|
|
|
1174 to->sst_next = NULL;
|
|
|
1175 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sstp;
|
|
|
1176 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len - (int)(to - sstp) - 1;
|
|
|
1177 }
|
|
|
1178 else
|
|
|
1179 {
|
|
|
1180 syn_buf->b_sst_first = NULL;
|
|
|
1181 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len;
|
|
|
1182 }
|
|
|
1183
|
|
|
1184 /* Create the list of free entries. */
|
|
|
1185 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = to + 1;
|
|
|
1186 while (++to < sstp + len)
|
|
|
1187 to->sst_next = to + 1;
|
|
|
1188 (sstp + len - 1)->sst_next = NULL;
|
|
|
1189
|
|
|
1190 vim_free(syn_buf->b_sst_array);
|
|
|
1191 syn_buf->b_sst_array = sstp;
|
|
|
1192 syn_buf->b_sst_len = len;
|
|
|
1193 }
|
|
|
1194 }
|
|
|
1195
|
|
|
1196 /*
|
|
|
1197 * Check for changes in a buffer to affect stored syntax states. Uses the
|
|
|
1198 * b_mod_* fields.
|
|
|
1199 * Called from update_screen(), before screen is being updated, once for each
|
|
|
1200 * displayed buffer.
|
|
|
1201 */
|
|
|
1202 void
|
|
|
1203 syn_stack_apply_changes(buf)
|
|
|
1204 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1205 {
|
|
|
1206 synstate_T *p, *prev, *np;
|
|
|
1207 linenr_T n;
|
|
|
1208
|
|
|
1209 if (buf->b_sst_array == NULL) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
1210 return;
|
|
|
1211
|
|
|
1212 prev = NULL;
|
|
|
1213 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; )
|
|
|
1214 {
|
|
383
|
1215 if (p->sst_lnum + buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
7
|
1216 {
|
|
|
1217 n = p->sst_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines;
|
|
|
1218 if (n <= buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
1219 {
|
|
|
1220 /* this state is inside the changed area, remove it */
|
|
|
1221 np = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1222 if (prev == NULL)
|
|
|
1223 buf->b_sst_first = np;
|
|
|
1224 else
|
|
|
1225 prev->sst_next = np;
|
|
|
1226 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p);
|
|
|
1227 p = np;
|
|
|
1228 continue;
|
|
|
1229 }
|
|
|
1230 /* This state is below the changed area. Remember the line
|
|
|
1231 * that needs to be parsed before this entry can be made valid
|
|
|
1232 * again. */
|
|
|
1233 if (p->sst_change_lnum != 0 && p->sst_change_lnum > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
1234 {
|
|
|
1235 if (p->sst_change_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
1236 p->sst_change_lnum += buf->b_mod_xlines;
|
|
|
1237 else
|
|
|
1238 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_top;
|
|
|
1239 }
|
|
|
1240 if (p->sst_change_lnum == 0
|
|
|
1241 || p->sst_change_lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
1242 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_bot;
|
|
|
1243
|
|
|
1244 p->sst_lnum = n;
|
|
|
1245 }
|
|
|
1246 prev = p;
|
|
|
1247 p = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1248 }
|
|
|
1249 }
|
|
|
1250
|
|
|
1251 /*
|
|
|
1252 * Reduce the number of entries in the state stack for syn_buf.
|
|
|
1253 * Returns TRUE if at least one entry was freed.
|
|
|
1254 */
|
|
|
1255 static int
|
|
|
1256 syn_stack_cleanup()
|
|
|
1257 {
|
|
|
1258 synstate_T *p, *prev;
|
|
|
1259 disptick_T tick;
|
|
|
1260 int above;
|
|
|
1261 int dist;
|
|
|
1262 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
1263
|
|
|
1264 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL || syn_buf->b_sst_first == NULL)
|
|
|
1265 return retval;
|
|
|
1266
|
|
|
1267 /* Compute normal distance between non-displayed entries. */
|
|
819
|
1268 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len <= Rows)
|
|
|
1269 dist = 999999;
|
|
|
1270 else
|
|
|
1271 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
|
|
7
|
1272
|
|
|
1273 /*
|
|
|
1274 * Go throught the list to find the "tick" for the oldest entry that can
|
|
|
1275 * be removed. Set "above" when the "tick" for the oldest entry is above
|
|
|
1276 * "b_sst_lasttick" (the display tick wraps around).
|
|
|
1277 */
|
|
|
1278 tick = syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick;
|
|
|
1279 above = FALSE;
|
|
|
1280 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1281 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1282 {
|
|
|
1283 if (prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
1284 {
|
|
|
1285 if (p->sst_tick > syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick)
|
|
|
1286 {
|
|
|
1287 if (!above || p->sst_tick < tick)
|
|
|
1288 tick = p->sst_tick;
|
|
|
1289 above = TRUE;
|
|
|
1290 }
|
|
|
1291 else if (!above && p->sst_tick < tick)
|
|
|
1292 tick = p->sst_tick;
|
|
|
1293 }
|
|
|
1294 }
|
|
|
1295
|
|
|
1296 /*
|
|
|
1297 * Go through the list to make the entries for the oldest tick at an
|
|
|
1298 * interval of several lines.
|
|
|
1299 */
|
|
|
1300 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1301 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1302 {
|
|
|
1303 if (p->sst_tick == tick && prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
1304 {
|
|
|
1305 /* Move this entry from used list to free list */
|
|
|
1306 prev->sst_next = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1307 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, p);
|
|
|
1308 p = prev;
|
|
|
1309 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
1310 }
|
|
|
1311 }
|
|
|
1312 return retval;
|
|
|
1313 }
|
|
|
1314
|
|
|
1315 /*
|
|
|
1316 * Free the allocated memory for a syn_state item.
|
|
|
1317 * Move the entry into the free list.
|
|
|
1318 */
|
|
|
1319 static void
|
|
|
1320 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p)
|
|
|
1321 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1322 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1323 {
|
|
|
1324 clear_syn_state(p);
|
|
|
1325 p->sst_next = buf->b_sst_firstfree;
|
|
|
1326 buf->b_sst_firstfree = p;
|
|
|
1327 ++buf->b_sst_freecount;
|
|
|
1328 }
|
|
|
1329
|
|
|
1330 /*
|
|
|
1331 * Find an entry in the list of state stacks at or before "lnum".
|
|
|
1332 * Returns NULL when there is no entry or the first entry is after "lnum".
|
|
|
1333 */
|
|
|
1334 static synstate_T *
|
|
|
1335 syn_stack_find_entry(lnum)
|
|
|
1336 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1337 {
|
|
|
1338 synstate_T *p, *prev;
|
|
|
1339
|
|
|
1340 prev = NULL;
|
|
|
1341 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1342 {
|
|
|
1343 if (p->sst_lnum == lnum)
|
|
|
1344 return p;
|
|
|
1345 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
|
|
|
1346 break;
|
|
|
1347 }
|
|
|
1348 return prev;
|
|
|
1349 }
|
|
|
1350
|
|
|
1351 /*
|
|
|
1352 * Try saving the current state in b_sst_array[].
|
|
|
1353 * The current state must be valid for the start of the current_lnum line!
|
|
|
1354 */
|
|
|
1355 static synstate_T *
|
|
|
1356 store_current_state(sp)
|
|
|
1357 synstate_T *sp; /* at or before where state is to be saved or
|
|
|
1358 NULL */
|
|
|
1359 {
|
|
|
1360 int i;
|
|
|
1361 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1362 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1363 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
1364
|
|
|
1365 if (sp == NULL)
|
|
|
1366 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
1367
|
|
|
1368 /*
|
|
|
1369 * If the current state contains a start or end pattern that continues
|
|
|
1370 * from the previous line, we can't use it. Don't store it then.
|
|
|
1371 */
|
|
|
1372 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
1373 {
|
|
|
1374 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
1375 if (cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1376 || cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1377 || cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1378 || (cur_si->si_end_idx
|
|
|
1379 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum >= current_lnum))
|
|
|
1380 break;
|
|
|
1381 }
|
|
|
1382 if (i >= 0)
|
|
|
1383 {
|
|
|
1384 if (sp != NULL)
|
|
|
1385 {
|
|
|
1386 /* find "sp" in the list and remove it */
|
|
|
1387 if (syn_buf->b_sst_first == sp)
|
|
|
1388 /* it's the first entry */
|
|
|
1389 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1390 else
|
|
|
1391 {
|
|
|
1392 /* find the entry just before this one to adjust sst_next */
|
|
|
1393 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1394 if (p->sst_next == sp)
|
|
|
1395 break;
|
|
840
|
1396 if (p != NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
|
1397 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
|
|
7
|
1398 }
|
|
|
1399 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, sp);
|
|
|
1400 sp = NULL;
|
|
|
1401 }
|
|
|
1402 }
|
|
|
1403 else if (sp == NULL || sp->sst_lnum != current_lnum)
|
|
|
1404 {
|
|
|
1405 /*
|
|
|
1406 * Add a new entry
|
|
|
1407 */
|
|
|
1408 /* If no free items, cleanup the array first. */
|
|
|
1409 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
|
|
|
1410 {
|
|
|
1411 (void)syn_stack_cleanup();
|
|
|
1412 /* "sp" may have been moved to the freelist now */
|
|
|
1413 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
1414 }
|
|
|
1415 /* Still no free items? Must be a strange problem... */
|
|
|
1416 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
|
|
|
1417 sp = NULL;
|
|
|
1418 else
|
|
|
1419 {
|
|
|
1420 /* Take the first item from the free list and put it in the used
|
|
|
1421 * list, after *sp */
|
|
|
1422 p = syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree;
|
|
|
1423 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1424 --syn_buf->b_sst_freecount;
|
|
|
1425 if (sp == NULL)
|
|
|
1426 {
|
|
|
1427 /* Insert in front of the list */
|
|
|
1428 p->sst_next = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1429 syn_buf->b_sst_first = p;
|
|
|
1430 }
|
|
|
1431 else
|
|
|
1432 {
|
|
|
1433 /* insert in list after *sp */
|
|
|
1434 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1435 sp->sst_next = p;
|
|
|
1436 }
|
|
|
1437 sp = p;
|
|
|
1438 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
|
|
|
1439 sp->sst_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1440 }
|
|
|
1441 }
|
|
|
1442 if (sp != NULL)
|
|
|
1443 {
|
|
|
1444 /* When overwriting an existing state stack, clear it first */
|
|
|
1445 clear_syn_state(sp);
|
|
|
1446 sp->sst_stacksize = current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
1447 if (current_state.ga_len > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1448 {
|
|
|
1449 /* Need to clear it, might be something remaining from when the
|
|
|
1450 * length was less than SST_FIX_STATES. */
|
|
|
1451 ga_init2(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, (int)sizeof(bufstate_T), 1);
|
|
|
1452 if (ga_grow(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, current_state.ga_len) == FAIL)
|
|
|
1453 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
|
|
|
1454 else
|
|
|
1455 sp->sst_union.sst_ga.ga_len = current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
1456 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1457 }
|
|
|
1458 else
|
|
|
1459 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1460 for (i = 0; i < sp->sst_stacksize; ++i)
|
|
|
1461 {
|
|
|
1462 bp[i].bs_idx = CUR_STATE(i).si_idx;
|
|
|
1463 bp[i].bs_flags = CUR_STATE(i).si_flags;
|
|
|
1464 bp[i].bs_extmatch = ref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch);
|
|
|
1465 }
|
|
|
1466 sp->sst_next_flags = current_next_flags;
|
|
|
1467 sp->sst_next_list = current_next_list;
|
|
|
1468 sp->sst_tick = display_tick;
|
|
|
1469 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
1470 }
|
|
|
1471 current_state_stored = TRUE;
|
|
|
1472 return sp;
|
|
|
1473 }
|
|
|
1474
|
|
|
1475 /*
|
|
|
1476 * Copy a state stack from "from" in b_sst_array[] to current_state;
|
|
|
1477 */
|
|
|
1478 static void
|
|
|
1479 load_current_state(from)
|
|
|
1480 synstate_T *from;
|
|
|
1481 {
|
|
|
1482 int i;
|
|
|
1483 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1484
|
|
|
1485 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
1486 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
1487 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
1488 if (from->sst_stacksize
|
|
|
1489 && ga_grow(¤t_state, from->sst_stacksize) != FAIL)
|
|
|
1490 {
|
|
|
1491 if (from->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1492 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(from->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1493 else
|
|
|
1494 bp = from->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1495 for (i = 0; i < from->sst_stacksize; ++i)
|
|
|
1496 {
|
|
|
1497 CUR_STATE(i).si_idx = bp[i].bs_idx;
|
|
|
1498 CUR_STATE(i).si_flags = bp[i].bs_flags;
|
|
|
1499 CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(bp[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
1500 if (keepend_level < 0 && (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
|
1501 keepend_level = i;
|
|
|
1502 CUR_STATE(i).si_ends = FALSE;
|
|
|
1503 CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
1504 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
1505 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list =
|
|
|
1506 (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_next_list;
|
|
|
1507 else
|
|
|
1508 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1509 update_si_attr(i);
|
|
|
1510 }
|
|
|
1511 current_state.ga_len = from->sst_stacksize;
|
|
|
1512 }
|
|
|
1513 current_next_list = from->sst_next_list;
|
|
|
1514 current_next_flags = from->sst_next_flags;
|
|
|
1515 current_lnum = from->sst_lnum;
|
|
|
1516 }
|
|
|
1517
|
|
|
1518 /*
|
|
|
1519 * Compare saved state stack "*sp" with the current state.
|
|
|
1520 * Return TRUE when they are equal.
|
|
|
1521 */
|
|
|
1522 static int
|
|
|
1523 syn_stack_equal(sp)
|
|
|
1524 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1525 {
|
|
|
1526 int i, j;
|
|
|
1527 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1528 reg_extmatch_T *six, *bsx;
|
|
|
1529
|
|
|
1530 /* First a quick check if the stacks have the same size end nextlist. */
|
|
|
1531 if (sp->sst_stacksize == current_state.ga_len
|
|
|
1532 && sp->sst_next_list == current_next_list)
|
|
|
1533 {
|
|
|
1534 /* Need to compare all states on both stacks. */
|
|
|
1535 if (sp->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1536 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1537 else
|
|
|
1538 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1539
|
|
|
1540 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
1541 {
|
|
|
1542 /* If the item has another index the state is different. */
|
|
|
1543 if (bp[i].bs_idx != CUR_STATE(i).si_idx)
|
|
|
1544 break;
|
|
|
1545 if (bp[i].bs_extmatch != CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch)
|
|
|
1546 {
|
|
|
1547 /* When the extmatch pointers are different, the strings in
|
|
|
1548 * them can still be the same. Check if the extmatch
|
|
|
1549 * references are equal. */
|
|
|
1550 bsx = bp[i].bs_extmatch;
|
|
|
1551 six = CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch;
|
|
|
1552 /* If one of the extmatch pointers is NULL the states are
|
|
|
1553 * different. */
|
|
|
1554 if (bsx == NULL || six == NULL)
|
|
|
1555 break;
|
|
|
1556 for (j = 0; j < NSUBEXP; ++j)
|
|
|
1557 {
|
|
|
1558 /* Check each referenced match string. They must all be
|
|
|
1559 * equal. */
|
|
|
1560 if (bsx->matches[j] != six->matches[j])
|
|
|
1561 {
|
|
|
1562 /* If the pointer is different it can still be the
|
|
|
1563 * same text. Compare the strings, ignore case when
|
|
|
1564 * the start item has the sp_ic flag set. */
|
|
|
1565 if (bsx->matches[j] == NULL
|
|
|
1566 || six->matches[j] == NULL)
|
|
|
1567 break;
|
|
|
1568 if ((SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_ic
|
|
|
1569 ? MB_STRICMP(bsx->matches[j],
|
|
|
1570 six->matches[j]) != 0
|
|
|
1571 : STRCMP(bsx->matches[j], six->matches[j]) != 0)
|
|
|
1572 break;
|
|
|
1573 }
|
|
|
1574 }
|
|
|
1575 if (j != NSUBEXP)
|
|
|
1576 break;
|
|
|
1577 }
|
|
|
1578 }
|
|
|
1579 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
1580 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1581 }
|
|
|
1582 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1583 }
|
|
|
1584
|
|
|
1585 /*
|
|
|
1586 * We stop parsing syntax above line "lnum". If the stored state at or below
|
|
|
1587 * this line depended on a change before it, it now depends on the line below
|
|
|
1588 * the last parsed line.
|
|
|
1589 * The window looks like this:
|
|
|
1590 * line which changed
|
|
|
1591 * displayed line
|
|
|
1592 * displayed line
|
|
|
1593 * lnum -> line below window
|
|
|
1594 */
|
|
|
1595 void
|
|
|
1596 syntax_end_parsing(lnum)
|
|
|
1597 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1598 {
|
|
|
1599 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1600
|
|
|
1601 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
|
|
|
1602 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < lnum)
|
|
|
1603 sp = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1604
|
|
|
1605 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
1606 sp->sst_change_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
1607 }
|
|
|
1608
|
|
|
1609 /*
|
|
|
1610 * End of handling of the state stack.
|
|
|
1611 ****************************************/
|
|
|
1612
|
|
|
1613 static void
|
|
|
1614 invalidate_current_state()
|
|
|
1615 {
|
|
|
1616 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
1617 current_state.ga_itemsize = 0; /* mark current_state invalid */
|
|
|
1618 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1619 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
1620 }
|
|
|
1621
|
|
|
1622 static void
|
|
|
1623 validate_current_state()
|
|
|
1624 {
|
|
|
1625 current_state.ga_itemsize = sizeof(stateitem_T);
|
|
|
1626 current_state.ga_growsize = 3;
|
|
|
1627 }
|
|
|
1628
|
|
|
1629 /*
|
|
|
1630 * Return TRUE if the syntax at start of lnum changed since last time.
|
|
|
1631 * This will only be called just after get_syntax_attr() for the previous
|
|
|
1632 * line, to check if the next line needs to be redrawn too.
|
|
|
1633 */
|
|
|
1634 int
|
|
|
1635 syntax_check_changed(lnum)
|
|
|
1636 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1637 {
|
|
|
1638 int retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
1639 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1640
|
|
|
1641 /*
|
|
|
1642 * Check the state stack when:
|
|
|
1643 * - lnum is just below the previously syntaxed line.
|
|
|
1644 * - lnum is not before the lines with saved states.
|
|
|
1645 * - lnum is not past the lines with saved states.
|
|
|
1646 * - lnum is at or before the last changed line.
|
|
|
1647 */
|
|
|
1648 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state) && lnum == current_lnum + 1)
|
|
|
1649 {
|
|
|
1650 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
|
|
|
1651 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum == lnum)
|
|
|
1652 {
|
|
|
1653 /*
|
|
|
1654 * finish the previous line (needed when not all of the line was
|
|
|
1655 * drawn)
|
|
|
1656 */
|
|
|
1657 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
1658
|
|
|
1659 /*
|
|
|
1660 * Compare the current state with the previously saved state of
|
|
|
1661 * the line.
|
|
|
1662 */
|
|
|
1663 if (syn_stack_equal(sp))
|
|
|
1664 retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
1665
|
|
|
1666 /*
|
|
|
1667 * Store the current state in b_sst_array[] for later use.
|
|
|
1668 */
|
|
|
1669 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
1670 (void)store_current_state(NULL);
|
|
|
1671 }
|
|
|
1672 }
|
|
|
1673
|
|
|
1674 return retval;
|
|
|
1675 }
|
|
|
1676
|
|
|
1677 /*
|
|
|
1678 * Finish the current line.
|
|
|
1679 * This doesn't return any attributes, it only gets the state at the end of
|
|
|
1680 * the line. It can start anywhere in the line, as long as the current state
|
|
|
1681 * is valid.
|
|
|
1682 */
|
|
|
1683 static int
|
|
|
1684 syn_finish_line(syncing)
|
|
|
1685 int syncing; /* called for syncing */
|
|
|
1686 {
|
|
|
1687 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
442
|
1688 colnr_T prev_current_col;
|
|
7
|
1689
|
|
|
1690 if (!current_finished)
|
|
|
1691 {
|
|
|
1692 while (!current_finished)
|
|
|
1693 {
|
|
1504
|
1694 (void)syn_current_attr(syncing, FALSE, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1695 /*
|
|
|
1696 * When syncing, and found some item, need to check the item.
|
|
|
1697 */
|
|
|
1698 if (syncing && current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
1699 {
|
|
|
1700 /*
|
|
|
1701 * Check for match with sync item.
|
|
|
1702 */
|
|
|
1703 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1704 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
1705 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags
|
|
|
1706 & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)))
|
|
|
1707 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1708
|
|
|
1709 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for an item
|
|
442
|
1710 * that ends here, need to do that now. Be careful not to go
|
|
|
1711 * past the NUL. */
|
|
|
1712 prev_current_col = current_col;
|
|
|
1713 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
|
|
|
1714 ++current_col;
|
|
7
|
1715 check_state_ends();
|
|
442
|
1716 current_col = prev_current_col;
|
|
7
|
1717 }
|
|
|
1718 ++current_col;
|
|
|
1719 }
|
|
|
1720 }
|
|
|
1721 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1722 }
|
|
|
1723
|
|
|
1724 /*
|
|
|
1725 * Return highlight attributes for next character.
|
|
|
1726 * Must first call syntax_start() once for the line.
|
|
|
1727 * "col" is normally 0 for the first use in a line, and increments by one each
|
|
|
1728 * time. It's allowed to skip characters and to stop before the end of the
|
|
|
1729 * line. But only a "col" after a previously used column is allowed.
|
|
221
|
1730 * When "can_spell" is not NULL set it to TRUE when spell-checking should be
|
|
|
1731 * done.
|
|
7
|
1732 */
|
|
|
1733 int
|
|
1504
|
1734 get_syntax_attr(col, can_spell, keep_state)
|
|
7
|
1735 colnr_T col;
|
|
221
|
1736 int *can_spell;
|
|
1504
|
1737 int keep_state; /* keep state of char at "col" */
|
|
7
|
1738 {
|
|
|
1739 int attr = 0;
|
|
|
1740
|
|
1363
|
1741 if (can_spell != NULL)
|
|
|
1742 /* Default: Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster or when
|
|
|
1743 * ":syn spell toplevel" was used. */
|
|
|
1744 *can_spell = syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_DEFAULT
|
|
|
1745 ? (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
|
|
|
1746 : (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
|
|
|
1747
|
|
7
|
1748 /* check for out of memory situation */
|
|
|
1749 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
|
|
|
1750 return 0;
|
|
|
1751
|
|
419
|
1752 /* After 'synmaxcol' the attribute is always zero. */
|
|
431
|
1753 if (syn_buf->b_p_smc > 0 && col >= (colnr_T)syn_buf->b_p_smc)
|
|
419
|
1754 {
|
|
|
1755 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
1756 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
1757 current_id = 0;
|
|
|
1758 current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
1759 #endif
|
|
|
1760 return 0;
|
|
|
1761 }
|
|
|
1762
|
|
7
|
1763 /* Make sure current_state is valid */
|
|
|
1764 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state))
|
|
|
1765 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
1766
|
|
|
1767 /*
|
|
|
1768 * Skip from the current column to "col", get the attributes for "col".
|
|
|
1769 */
|
|
|
1770 while (current_col <= col)
|
|
|
1771 {
|
|
1504
|
1772 attr = syn_current_attr(FALSE, TRUE, can_spell,
|
|
|
1773 current_col == col ? keep_state : FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1774 ++current_col;
|
|
|
1775 }
|
|
|
1776
|
|
|
1777 return attr;
|
|
|
1778 }
|
|
|
1779
|
|
|
1780 /*
|
|
|
1781 * Get syntax attributes for current_lnum, current_col.
|
|
|
1782 */
|
|
|
1783 static int
|
|
1504
|
1784 syn_current_attr(syncing, displaying, can_spell, keep_state)
|
|
7
|
1785 int syncing; /* When 1: called for syncing */
|
|
|
1786 int displaying; /* result will be displayed */
|
|
221
|
1787 int *can_spell; /* return: do spell checking */
|
|
1504
|
1788 int keep_state; /* keep syntax stack afterwards */
|
|
7
|
1789 {
|
|
|
1790 int syn_id;
|
|
|
1791 lpos_T endpos; /* was: char_u *endp; */
|
|
|
1792 lpos_T hl_startpos; /* was: int hl_startcol; */
|
|
|
1793 lpos_T hl_endpos;
|
|
|
1794 lpos_T eos_pos; /* end-of-start match (start region) */
|
|
|
1795 lpos_T eoe_pos; /* end-of-end pattern */
|
|
|
1796 int end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern */
|
|
|
1797 int idx;
|
|
|
1798 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
221
|
1799 stateitem_T *cur_si, *sip = NULL;
|
|
7
|
1800 int startcol;
|
|
|
1801 int endcol;
|
|
|
1802 long flags;
|
|
|
1803 short *next_list;
|
|
|
1804 int found_match; /* found usable match */
|
|
|
1805 static int try_next_column = FALSE; /* must try in next col */
|
|
|
1806 int do_keywords;
|
|
|
1807 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
1808 lpos_T pos;
|
|
|
1809 int lc_col;
|
|
|
1810 reg_extmatch_T *cur_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
1811 char_u *line; /* current line. NOTE: becomes invalid after
|
|
|
1812 looking for a pattern match! */
|
|
|
1813
|
|
|
1814 /* variables for zero-width matches that have a "nextgroup" argument */
|
|
|
1815 int keep_next_list;
|
|
|
1816 int zero_width_next_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1817 garray_T zero_width_next_ga;
|
|
|
1818
|
|
|
1819 /*
|
|
|
1820 * No character, no attributes! Past end of line?
|
|
|
1821 * Do try matching with an empty line (could be the start of a region).
|
|
|
1822 */
|
|
|
1823 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
1824 if (line[current_col] == NUL && current_col != 0)
|
|
|
1825 {
|
|
|
1826 /*
|
|
|
1827 * If we found a match after the last column, use it.
|
|
|
1828 */
|
|
|
1829 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col >= (int)current_col
|
|
|
1830 && next_match_col != MAXCOL)
|
|
|
1831 (void)push_next_match(NULL);
|
|
|
1832
|
|
|
1833 current_finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
1834 current_state_stored = FALSE;
|
|
|
1835 return 0;
|
|
|
1836 }
|
|
|
1837
|
|
|
1838 /* if the current or next character is NUL, we will finish the line now */
|
|
|
1839 if (line[current_col] == NUL || line[current_col + 1] == NUL)
|
|
|
1840 {
|
|
|
1841 current_finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
1842 current_state_stored = FALSE;
|
|
|
1843 }
|
|
|
1844
|
|
|
1845 /*
|
|
|
1846 * When in the previous column there was a match but it could not be used
|
|
|
1847 * (empty match or already matched in this column) need to try again in
|
|
|
1848 * the next column.
|
|
|
1849 */
|
|
|
1850 if (try_next_column)
|
|
|
1851 {
|
|
|
1852 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
1853 try_next_column = FALSE;
|
|
|
1854 }
|
|
|
1855
|
|
|
1856 /* Only check for keywords when not syncing and there are some. */
|
|
|
1857 do_keywords = !syncing
|
|
134
|
1858 && (syn_buf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
|
|
|
1859 || syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
|
|
7
|
1860
|
|
|
1861 /* Init the list of zero-width matches with a nextlist. This is used to
|
|
|
1862 * avoid matching the same item in the same position twice. */
|
|
|
1863 ga_init2(&zero_width_next_ga, (int)sizeof(int), 10);
|
|
|
1864
|
|
|
1865 /*
|
|
|
1866 * Repeat matching keywords and patterns, to find contained items at the
|
|
|
1867 * same column. This stops when there are no extra matches at the current
|
|
|
1868 * column.
|
|
|
1869 */
|
|
|
1870 do
|
|
|
1871 {
|
|
|
1872 found_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
1873 keep_next_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1874 syn_id = 0;
|
|
|
1875
|
|
|
1876 /*
|
|
|
1877 * 1. Check for a current state.
|
|
|
1878 * Only when there is no current state, or if the current state may
|
|
|
1879 * contain other things, we need to check for keywords and patterns.
|
|
|
1880 * Always need to check for contained items if some item has the
|
|
|
1881 * "containedin" argument (takes extra time!).
|
|
|
1882 */
|
|
|
1883 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
1884 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1885 else
|
|
|
1886 cur_si = NULL;
|
|
|
1887
|
|
|
1888 if (syn_buf->b_syn_containedin || cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
1889 || cur_si->si_cont_list != NULL)
|
|
|
1890 {
|
|
|
1891 /*
|
|
|
1892 * 2. Check for keywords, if on a keyword char after a non-keyword
|
|
|
1893 * char. Don't do this when syncing.
|
|
|
1894 */
|
|
|
1895 if (do_keywords)
|
|
|
1896 {
|
|
|
1897 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
1898 if (vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col, syn_buf)
|
|
|
1899 && (current_col == 0
|
|
|
1900 || !vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col - 1
|
|
|
1901 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1902 - (has_mbyte
|
|
|
1903 ? (*mb_head_off)(line, line + current_col - 1)
|
|
|
1904 : 0)
|
|
|
1905 #endif
|
|
|
1906 , syn_buf)))
|
|
|
1907 {
|
|
|
1908 syn_id = check_keyword_id(line, (int)current_col,
|
|
|
1909 &endcol, &flags, &next_list, cur_si);
|
|
205
|
1910 if (syn_id != 0)
|
|
7
|
1911 {
|
|
|
1912 if (push_current_state(KEYWORD_IDX) == OK)
|
|
|
1913 {
|
|
|
1914 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1915 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
1916 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1917 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* starts right away */
|
|
|
1918 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1919 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = endcol;
|
|
|
1920 cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1921 cur_si->si_h_endpos.col = endcol;
|
|
|
1922 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
1923 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
1924 cur_si->si_flags = flags;
|
|
|
1925 cur_si->si_id = syn_id;
|
|
|
1926 cur_si->si_trans_id = syn_id;
|
|
|
1927 if (flags & HL_TRANSP)
|
|
|
1928 {
|
|
|
1929 if (current_state.ga_len < 2)
|
|
|
1930 {
|
|
|
1931 cur_si->si_attr = 0;
|
|
|
1932 cur_si->si_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
1933 }
|
|
|
1934 else
|
|
|
1935 {
|
|
|
1936 cur_si->si_attr = CUR_STATE(
|
|
|
1937 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_attr;
|
|
|
1938 cur_si->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(
|
|
|
1939 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_trans_id;
|
|
|
1940 }
|
|
|
1941 }
|
|
|
1942 else
|
|
|
1943 cur_si->si_attr = syn_id2attr(syn_id);
|
|
|
1944 cur_si->si_cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1945 cur_si->si_next_list = next_list;
|
|
|
1946 check_keepend();
|
|
|
1947 }
|
|
|
1948 else
|
|
|
1949 vim_free(next_list);
|
|
|
1950 }
|
|
|
1951 }
|
|
|
1952 }
|
|
|
1953
|
|
|
1954 /*
|
|
205
|
1955 * 3. Check for patterns (only if no keyword found).
|
|
7
|
1956 */
|
|
|
1957 if (syn_id == 0 && syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len)
|
|
|
1958 {
|
|
|
1959 /*
|
|
|
1960 * If we didn't check for a match yet, or we are past it, check
|
|
|
1961 * for any match with a pattern.
|
|
|
1962 */
|
|
|
1963 if (next_match_idx < 0 || next_match_col < (int)current_col)
|
|
|
1964 {
|
|
|
1965 /*
|
|
|
1966 * Check all relevant patterns for a match at this
|
|
|
1967 * position. This is complicated, because matching with a
|
|
|
1968 * pattern takes quite a bit of time, thus we want to
|
|
|
1969 * avoid doing it when it's not needed.
|
|
|
1970 */
|
|
|
1971 next_match_idx = 0; /* no match in this line yet */
|
|
|
1972 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1973 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
1974 {
|
|
|
1975 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
1976 if ( spp->sp_syncing == syncing
|
|
|
1977 && (displaying || !(spp->sp_flags & HL_DISPLAY))
|
|
|
1978 && (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH
|
|
|
1979 || spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
1980 && (current_next_list != NULL
|
|
|
1981 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list,
|
|
|
1982 &spp->sp_syn, 0)
|
|
|
1983 : (cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
1984 ? !(spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
1985 : in_id_list(cur_si,
|
|
|
1986 cur_si->si_cont_list, &spp->sp_syn,
|
|
|
1987 spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))))
|
|
|
1988 {
|
|
|
1989 /* If we already tried matching in this line, and
|
|
|
1990 * there isn't a match before next_match_col, skip
|
|
|
1991 * this item. */
|
|
|
1992 if (spp->sp_line_id == current_line_id
|
|
|
1993 && spp->sp_startcol >= next_match_col)
|
|
|
1994 continue;
|
|
|
1995 spp->sp_line_id = current_line_id;
|
|
|
1996
|
|
|
1997 lc_col = current_col - spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
1998 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
1999 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
2001 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
|
|
|
2002 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
|
|
|
2003 if (!syn_regexec(®match, current_lnum,
|
|
|
2004 (colnr_T)lc_col))
|
|
|
2005 {
|
|
|
2006 /* no match in this line, try another one */
|
|
|
2007 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
2008 continue;
|
|
|
2009 }
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011 /*
|
|
|
2012 * Compute the first column of the match.
|
|
|
2013 */
|
|
|
2014 syn_add_start_off(&pos, ®match,
|
|
|
2015 spp, SPO_MS_OFF, -1);
|
|
|
2016 if (pos.lnum > current_lnum)
|
|
|
2017 {
|
|
|
2018 /* must have used end of match in a next line,
|
|
|
2019 * we can't handle that */
|
|
|
2020 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
2021 continue;
|
|
|
2022 }
|
|
|
2023 startcol = pos.col;
|
|
|
2024
|
|
|
2025 /* remember the next column where this pattern
|
|
|
2026 * matches in the current line */
|
|
|
2027 spp->sp_startcol = startcol;
|
|
|
2028
|
|
|
2029 /*
|
|
|
2030 * If a previously found match starts at a lower
|
|
|
2031 * column number, don't use this one.
|
|
|
2032 */
|
|
|
2033 if (startcol >= next_match_col)
|
|
|
2034 continue;
|
|
|
2035
|
|
|
2036 /*
|
|
|
2037 * If we matched this pattern at this position
|
|
|
2038 * before, skip it. Must retry in the next
|
|
|
2039 * column, because it may match from there.
|
|
|
2040 */
|
|
|
2041 if (did_match_already(idx, &zero_width_next_ga))
|
|
|
2042 {
|
|
|
2043 try_next_column = TRUE;
|
|
|
2044 continue;
|
|
|
2045 }
|
|
|
2046
|
|
|
2047 endpos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2048 endpos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2049
|
|
|
2050 /* Compute the highlight start. */
|
|
|
2051 syn_add_start_off(&hl_startpos, ®match,
|
|
|
2052 spp, SPO_HS_OFF, -1);
|
|
|
2053
|
|
|
2054 /* Compute the region start. */
|
|
|
2055 /* Default is to use the end of the match. */
|
|
|
2056 syn_add_end_off(&eos_pos, ®match,
|
|
|
2057 spp, SPO_RS_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
2058
|
|
|
2059 /*
|
|
|
2060 * Grab the external submatches before they get
|
|
|
2061 * overwritten. Reference count doesn't change.
|
|
|
2062 */
|
|
|
2063 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2064 cur_extmatch = re_extmatch_out;
|
|
|
2065 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
|
|
|
2066
|
|
|
2067 flags = 0;
|
|
|
2068 eoe_pos.lnum = 0; /* avoid warning */
|
|
|
2069 eoe_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
2070 end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2071 hl_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2072
|
|
|
2073 /*
|
|
|
2074 * For a "oneline" the end must be found in the
|
|
|
2075 * same line too. Search for it after the end of
|
|
|
2076 * the match with the start pattern. Set the
|
|
|
2077 * resulting end positions at the same time.
|
|
|
2078 */
|
|
|
2079 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2080 && (spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
|
|
|
2081 {
|
|
|
2082 lpos_T startpos;
|
|
|
2083
|
|
|
2084 startpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2085 find_endpos(idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
|
|
|
2086 &flags, &eoe_pos, &end_idx, cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2087 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2088 continue; /* not found */
|
|
|
2089 }
|
|
|
2090
|
|
|
2091 /*
|
|
|
2092 * For a "match" the size must be > 0 after the
|
|
|
2093 * end offset needs has been added. Except when
|
|
|
2094 * syncing.
|
|
|
2095 */
|
|
|
2096 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
|
|
|
2097 {
|
|
|
2098 syn_add_end_off(&hl_endpos, ®match, spp,
|
|
|
2099 SPO_HE_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
2100 syn_add_end_off(&endpos, ®match, spp,
|
|
|
2101 SPO_ME_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
2102 if (endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2103 && (int)endpos.col + syncing < startcol)
|
|
|
2104 {
|
|
|
2105 /*
|
|
|
2106 * If an empty string is matched, may need
|
|
|
2107 * to try matching again at next column.
|
|
|
2108 */
|
|
|
2109 if (regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2110 == regmatch.endpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2111 try_next_column = TRUE;
|
|
|
2112 continue;
|
|
|
2113 }
|
|
|
2114 }
|
|
|
2115
|
|
|
2116 /*
|
|
|
2117 * keep the best match so far in next_match_*
|
|
|
2118 */
|
|
|
2119 /* Highlighting must start after startpos and end
|
|
|
2120 * before endpos. */
|
|
|
2121 if (hl_startpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2122 && (int)hl_startpos.col < startcol)
|
|
|
2123 hl_startpos.col = startcol;
|
|
|
2124 limit_pos_zero(&hl_endpos, &endpos);
|
|
|
2125
|
|
|
2126 next_match_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2127 next_match_col = startcol;
|
|
|
2128 next_match_m_endpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2129 next_match_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2130 next_match_h_startpos = hl_startpos;
|
|
|
2131 next_match_flags = flags;
|
|
|
2132 next_match_eos_pos = eos_pos;
|
|
|
2133 next_match_eoe_pos = eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2134 next_match_end_idx = end_idx;
|
|
|
2135 unref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
|
|
|
2136 next_match_extmatch = cur_extmatch;
|
|
|
2137 cur_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
2138 }
|
|
|
2139 }
|
|
|
2140 }
|
|
|
2141
|
|
|
2142 /*
|
|
|
2143 * If we found a match at the current column, use it.
|
|
|
2144 */
|
|
|
2145 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col == (int)current_col)
|
|
|
2146 {
|
|
|
2147 synpat_T *lspp;
|
|
|
2148
|
|
|
2149 /* When a zero-width item matched which has a nextgroup,
|
|
|
2150 * don't push the item but set nextgroup. */
|
|
|
2151 lspp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
|
|
|
2152 if (next_match_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2153 && next_match_m_endpos.col == current_col
|
|
|
2154 && lspp->sp_next_list != NULL)
|
|
|
2155 {
|
|
|
2156 current_next_list = lspp->sp_next_list;
|
|
|
2157 current_next_flags = lspp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2158 keep_next_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
2159 zero_width_next_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
2160
|
|
|
2161 /* Add the index to a list, so that we can check
|
|
|
2162 * later that we don't match it again (and cause an
|
|
|
2163 * endless loop). */
|
|
|
2164 if (ga_grow(&zero_width_next_ga, 1) == OK)
|
|
|
2165 {
|
|
|
2166 ((int *)(zero_width_next_ga.ga_data))
|
|
|
2167 [zero_width_next_ga.ga_len++] = next_match_idx;
|
|
|
2168 }
|
|
|
2169 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2170 }
|
|
|
2171 else
|
|
|
2172 cur_si = push_next_match(cur_si);
|
|
|
2173 found_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2174 }
|
|
|
2175 }
|
|
|
2176 }
|
|
|
2177
|
|
|
2178 /*
|
|
|
2179 * Handle searching for nextgroup match.
|
|
|
2180 */
|
|
|
2181 if (current_next_list != NULL && !keep_next_list)
|
|
|
2182 {
|
|
|
2183 /*
|
|
|
2184 * If a nextgroup was not found, continue looking for one if:
|
|
|
2185 * - this is an empty line and the "skipempty" option was given
|
|
|
2186 * - we are on white space and the "skipwhite" option was given
|
|
|
2187 */
|
|
|
2188 if (!found_match)
|
|
|
2189 {
|
|
|
2190 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
2191 if (((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
2192 && vim_iswhite(line[current_col]))
|
|
|
2193 || ((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
2194 && *line == NUL))
|
|
|
2195 break;
|
|
|
2196 }
|
|
|
2197
|
|
|
2198 /*
|
|
|
2199 * If a nextgroup was found: Use it, and continue looking for
|
|
|
2200 * contained matches.
|
|
|
2201 * If a nextgroup was not found: Continue looking for a normal
|
|
|
2202 * match.
|
|
|
2203 * When did set current_next_list for a zero-width item and no
|
|
|
2204 * match was found don't loop (would get stuck).
|
|
|
2205 */
|
|
|
2206 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2207 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2208 if (!zero_width_next_list)
|
|
|
2209 found_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2210 }
|
|
|
2211
|
|
|
2212 } while (found_match);
|
|
|
2213
|
|
|
2214 /*
|
|
|
2215 * Use attributes from the current state, if within its highlighting.
|
|
|
2216 * If not, use attributes from the current-but-one state, etc.
|
|
|
2217 */
|
|
|
2218 current_attr = 0;
|
|
|
2219 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2220 current_id = 0;
|
|
|
2221 current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2222 #endif
|
|
|
2223 if (cur_si != NULL)
|
|
|
2224 {
|
|
221
|
2225 #ifndef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2226 int current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2227 #endif
|
|
7
|
2228 for (idx = current_state.ga_len - 1; idx >= 0; --idx)
|
|
|
2229 {
|
|
|
2230 sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
|
|
|
2231 if ((current_lnum > sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
|
|
|
2232 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
|
|
|
2233 && current_col >= sip->si_h_startpos.col))
|
|
|
2234 && (sip->si_h_endpos.lnum == 0
|
|
|
2235 || current_lnum < sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2236 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2237 && current_col < sip->si_h_endpos.col)))
|
|
|
2238 {
|
|
|
2239 current_attr = sip->si_attr;
|
|
|
2240 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2241 current_id = sip->si_id;
|
|
221
|
2242 #endif
|
|
7
|
2243 current_trans_id = sip->si_trans_id;
|
|
|
2244 break;
|
|
|
2245 }
|
|
|
2246 }
|
|
|
2247
|
|
221
|
2248 if (can_spell != NULL)
|
|
|
2249 {
|
|
|
2250 struct sp_syn sps;
|
|
|
2251
|
|
|
2252 /*
|
|
|
2253 * set "can_spell" to TRUE if spell checking is supposed to be
|
|
|
2254 * done in the current item.
|
|
|
2255 */
|
|
|
2256 if (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
|
|
227
|
2257 {
|
|
320
|
2258 /* There is no @Spell cluster: Do spelling for items without
|
|
|
2259 * @NoSpell cluster. */
|
|
227
|
2260 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id == 0 || current_trans_id == 0)
|
|
419
|
2261 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell != SYNSPL_NOTOP);
|
|
227
|
2262 else
|
|
|
2263 {
|
|
|
2264 sps.inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
2265 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
|
|
|
2266 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2267 *can_spell = !in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
|
|
|
2268 }
|
|
|
2269 }
|
|
221
|
2270 else
|
|
|
2271 {
|
|
320
|
2272 /* The @Spell cluster is defined: Do spelling in items with
|
|
419
|
2273 * the @Spell cluster. But not when @NoSpell is also there.
|
|
|
2274 * At the toplevel only spell check when ":syn spell toplevel"
|
|
|
2275 * was used. */
|
|
320
|
2276 if (current_trans_id == 0)
|
|
419
|
2277 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
|
|
320
|
2278 else
|
|
|
2279 {
|
|
|
2280 sps.inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
2281 sps.id = syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id;
|
|
|
2282 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2283 *can_spell = in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
|
|
|
2284
|
|
|
2285 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id != 0)
|
|
|
2286 {
|
|
|
2287 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
|
|
|
2288 if (in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0))
|
|
|
2289 *can_spell = FALSE;
|
|
|
2290 }
|
|
|
2291 }
|
|
221
|
2292 }
|
|
|
2293 }
|
|
|
2294
|
|
|
2295
|
|
7
|
2296 /*
|
|
|
2297 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it) at the
|
|
|
2298 * next column. Don't do this for syncing, because we would miss a
|
|
|
2299 * single character match.
|
|
|
2300 * First check if the current state ends at the current column. It
|
|
|
2301 * may be for an empty match and a containing item might end in the
|
|
|
2302 * current column.
|
|
|
2303 */
|
|
1504
|
2304 if (!syncing && !keep_state)
|
|
7
|
2305 {
|
|
|
2306 check_state_ends();
|
|
442
|
2307 if (current_state.ga_len > 0
|
|
|
2308 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
|
|
7
|
2309 {
|
|
|
2310 ++current_col;
|
|
|
2311 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
2312 --current_col;
|
|
|
2313 }
|
|
|
2314 }
|
|
|
2315 }
|
|
221
|
2316 else if (can_spell != NULL)
|
|
419
|
2317 /* Default: Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster or when
|
|
|
2318 * ":syn spell toplevel" was used. */
|
|
|
2319 *can_spell = syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_DEFAULT
|
|
|
2320 ? (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
|
|
|
2321 : (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
|
|
7
|
2322
|
|
|
2323 /* nextgroup ends at end of line, unless "skipnl" or "skipemtpy" present */
|
|
|
2324 if (current_next_list != NULL
|
|
|
2325 && syn_getcurline()[current_col + 1] == NUL
|
|
|
2326 && !(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY)))
|
|
|
2327 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2328
|
|
|
2329 if (zero_width_next_ga.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
2330 ga_clear(&zero_width_next_ga);
|
|
|
2331
|
|
|
2332 /* No longer need external matches. But keep next_match_extmatch. */
|
|
|
2333 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_out);
|
|
|
2334 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
|
|
|
2335 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2336
|
|
|
2337 return current_attr;
|
|
|
2338 }
|
|
|
2339
|
|
|
2340
|
|
|
2341 /*
|
|
|
2342 * Check if we already matched pattern "idx" at the current column.
|
|
|
2343 */
|
|
|
2344 static int
|
|
|
2345 did_match_already(idx, gap)
|
|
|
2346 int idx;
|
|
|
2347 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
2348 {
|
|
|
2349 int i;
|
|
|
2350
|
|
|
2351 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
2352 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_m_startcol == (int)current_col
|
|
|
2353 && CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum == (int)current_lnum
|
|
|
2354 && CUR_STATE(i).si_idx == idx)
|
|
|
2355 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2356
|
|
|
2357 /* Zero-width matches with a nextgroup argument are not put on the syntax
|
|
|
2358 * stack, and can only be matched once anyway. */
|
|
|
2359 for (i = gap->ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
2360 if (((int *)(gap->ga_data))[i] == idx)
|
|
|
2361 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2362
|
|
|
2363 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2364 }
|
|
|
2365
|
|
|
2366 /*
|
|
|
2367 * Push the next match onto the stack.
|
|
|
2368 */
|
|
|
2369 static stateitem_T *
|
|
|
2370 push_next_match(cur_si)
|
|
|
2371 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
2372 {
|
|
|
2373 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
2374
|
|
|
2375 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
|
|
|
2376
|
|
|
2377 /*
|
|
|
2378 * Push the item in current_state stack;
|
|
|
2379 */
|
|
|
2380 if (push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
2381 {
|
|
|
2382 /*
|
|
|
2383 * If it's a start-skip-end type that crosses lines, figure out how
|
|
|
2384 * much it continues in this line. Otherwise just fill in the length.
|
|
|
2385 */
|
|
|
2386 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2387 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2388 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
2389 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2390 cur_si->si_flags = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2391 cur_si->si_next_list = spp->sp_next_list;
|
|
|
2392 cur_si->si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
|
|
|
2393 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START && !(spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
|
|
|
2394 {
|
|
|
2395 /* Try to find the end pattern in the current line */
|
|
|
2396 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)(next_match_m_endpos.col), TRUE);
|
|
|
2397 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2398 }
|
|
|
2399 else
|
|
|
2400 {
|
|
|
2401 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2402 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_h_endpos;
|
|
|
2403 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2404 cur_si->si_flags |= next_match_flags;
|
|
|
2405 cur_si->si_eoe_pos = next_match_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2406 cur_si->si_end_idx = next_match_end_idx;
|
|
|
2407 }
|
|
|
2408 if (keepend_level < 0 && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
|
2409 keepend_level = current_state.ga_len - 1;
|
|
|
2410 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2411 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2412
|
|
|
2413 /*
|
|
|
2414 * If the start pattern has another highlight group, push another item
|
|
|
2415 * on the stack for the start pattern.
|
|
|
2416 */
|
|
|
2417 if ( spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2418 && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0
|
|
|
2419 && push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
2420 {
|
|
|
2421 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2422 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2423 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
2424 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2425 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
|
|
|
2426 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
|
|
|
2427 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2428 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2429 cur_si->si_flags = HL_MATCH;
|
|
|
2430 cur_si->si_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2431 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2432 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2433 }
|
|
|
2434 }
|
|
|
2435
|
|
|
2436 next_match_idx = -1; /* try other match next time */
|
|
|
2437
|
|
|
2438 return cur_si;
|
|
|
2439 }
|
|
|
2440
|
|
|
2441 /*
|
|
|
2442 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it).
|
|
|
2443 */
|
|
|
2444 static void
|
|
|
2445 check_state_ends()
|
|
|
2446 {
|
|
|
2447 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
2448 int had_extend = FALSE;
|
|
|
2449
|
|
|
2450 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2451 for (;;)
|
|
|
2452 {
|
|
|
2453 if (cur_si->si_ends
|
|
|
2454 && (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum
|
|
|
2455 || (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2456 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.col <= current_col)))
|
|
|
2457 {
|
|
|
2458 /*
|
|
|
2459 * If there is an end pattern group ID, highlight the end pattern
|
|
|
2460 * now. No need to pop the current item from the stack.
|
|
|
2461 * Only do this if the end pattern continues beyond the current
|
|
|
2462 * position.
|
|
|
2463 */
|
|
|
2464 if (cur_si->si_end_idx
|
|
|
2465 && (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum > current_lnum
|
|
|
2466 || (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2467 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.col > current_col)))
|
|
|
2468 {
|
|
|
2469 cur_si->si_idx = cur_si->si_end_idx;
|
|
|
2470 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2471 cur_si->si_m_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2472 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2473 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCH;
|
|
|
2474 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
36
|
2475
|
|
|
2476 /* what matches next may be different now, clear it */
|
|
|
2477 next_match_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2478 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
7
|
2479 break;
|
|
|
2480 }
|
|
|
2481 else
|
|
|
2482 {
|
|
|
2483 /* handle next_list, unless at end of line and no "skipnl" or
|
|
|
2484 * "skipempty" */
|
|
|
2485 current_next_list = cur_si->si_next_list;
|
|
|
2486 current_next_flags = cur_si->si_flags;
|
|
|
2487 if (!(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY))
|
|
|
2488 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
|
|
|
2489 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2490
|
|
|
2491 /* When the ended item has "extend", another item with
|
|
|
2492 * "keepend" now needs to check for its end. */
|
|
|
2493 if (cur_si->si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
2494 had_extend = TRUE;
|
|
|
2495
|
|
|
2496 pop_current_state();
|
|
|
2497
|
|
|
2498 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
|
|
|
2499 break;
|
|
|
2500
|
|
1503
|
2501 if (had_extend && keepend_level >= 0)
|
|
7
|
2502 {
|
|
|
2503 syn_update_ends(FALSE);
|
|
|
2504 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
|
|
|
2505 break;
|
|
|
2506 }
|
|
|
2507
|
|
|
2508 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2509
|
|
|
2510 /*
|
|
|
2511 * Only for a region the search for the end continues after
|
|
|
2512 * the end of the contained item. If the contained match
|
|
|
2513 * included the end-of-line, break here, the region continues.
|
|
|
2514 * Don't do this when:
|
|
|
2515 * - "keepend" is used for the contained item
|
|
|
2516 * - not at the end of the line (could be end="x$"me=e-1).
|
|
|
2517 * - "excludenl" is used (HL_HAS_EOL won't be set)
|
|
|
2518 */
|
|
|
2519 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
2520 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_type
|
|
|
2521 == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2522 && !(cur_si->si_flags & (HL_MATCH | HL_KEEPEND)))
|
|
|
2523 {
|
|
|
2524 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
|
|
|
2525 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2526 if ((current_next_flags & HL_HAS_EOL)
|
|
|
2527 && keepend_level < 0
|
|
|
2528 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
|
|
|
2529 break;
|
|
|
2530 }
|
|
|
2531 }
|
|
|
2532 }
|
|
|
2533 else
|
|
|
2534 break;
|
|
|
2535 }
|
|
|
2536 }
|
|
|
2537
|
|
|
2538 /*
|
|
|
2539 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a match or region. This
|
|
|
2540 * fills in si_attr, si_next_list and si_cont_list.
|
|
|
2541 */
|
|
|
2542 static void
|
|
|
2543 update_si_attr(idx)
|
|
|
2544 int idx;
|
|
|
2545 {
|
|
|
2546 stateitem_T *sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
|
|
|
2547 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
2548
|
|
1371
|
2549 /* This should not happen... */
|
|
|
2550 if (sip->si_idx < 0)
|
|
|
2551 return;
|
|
|
2552
|
|
7
|
2553 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx]);
|
|
|
2554 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
|
|
|
2555 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
|
|
|
2556 else
|
|
|
2557 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn.id;
|
|
|
2558 sip->si_attr = syn_id2attr(sip->si_id);
|
|
|
2559 sip->si_trans_id = sip->si_id;
|
|
|
2560 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
|
|
|
2561 sip->si_cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2562 else
|
|
|
2563 sip->si_cont_list = spp->sp_cont_list;
|
|
|
2564
|
|
|
2565 /*
|
|
|
2566 * For transparent items, take attr from outer item.
|
|
|
2567 * Also take cont_list, if there is none.
|
|
|
2568 * Don't do this for the matchgroup of a start or end pattern.
|
|
|
2569 */
|
|
|
2570 if ((spp->sp_flags & HL_TRANSP) && !(sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
|
|
|
2571 {
|
|
|
2572 if (idx == 0)
|
|
|
2573 {
|
|
|
2574 sip->si_attr = 0;
|
|
|
2575 sip->si_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2576 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
|
|
|
2577 sip->si_cont_list = ID_LIST_ALL;
|
|
|
2578 }
|
|
|
2579 else
|
|
|
2580 {
|
|
|
2581 sip->si_attr = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_attr;
|
|
|
2582 sip->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_trans_id;
|
|
36
|
2583 sip->si_h_startpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2584 sip->si_h_endpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_endpos;
|
|
7
|
2585 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
|
|
|
2586 {
|
|
|
2587 sip->si_flags |= HL_TRANS_CONT;
|
|
|
2588 sip->si_cont_list = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_cont_list;
|
|
|
2589 }
|
|
|
2590 }
|
|
|
2591 }
|
|
|
2592 }
|
|
|
2593
|
|
|
2594 /*
|
|
|
2595 * Check the current stack for patterns with "keepend" flag.
|
|
|
2596 * Propagate the match-end to contained items, until a "skipend" item is found.
|
|
|
2597 */
|
|
|
2598 static void
|
|
|
2599 check_keepend()
|
|
|
2600 {
|
|
|
2601 int i;
|
|
|
2602 lpos_T maxpos;
|
|
991
|
2603 lpos_T maxpos_h;
|
|
7
|
2604 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
2605
|
|
|
2606 /*
|
|
|
2607 * This check can consume a lot of time; only do it from the level where
|
|
|
2608 * there really is a keepend.
|
|
|
2609 */
|
|
|
2610 if (keepend_level < 0)
|
|
|
2611 return;
|
|
|
2612
|
|
|
2613 /*
|
|
|
2614 * Find the last index of an "extend" item. "keepend" items before that
|
|
|
2615 * won't do anything. If there is no "extend" item "i" will be
|
|
|
2616 * "keepend_level" and all "keepend" items will work normally.
|
|
|
2617 */
|
|
|
2618 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i > keepend_level; --i)
|
|
|
2619 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
2620 break;
|
|
|
2621
|
|
|
2622 maxpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
991
|
2623 maxpos_h.lnum = 0;
|
|
7
|
2624 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
2625 {
|
|
|
2626 sip = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
2627 if (maxpos.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
2628 {
|
|
|
2629 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_m_endpos, &maxpos);
|
|
991
|
2630 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_h_endpos, &maxpos_h);
|
|
7
|
2631 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_eoe_pos, &maxpos);
|
|
|
2632 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2633 }
|
|
991
|
2634 if (sip->si_ends && (sip->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
|
2635 {
|
|
|
2636 if (maxpos.lnum == 0
|
|
7
|
2637 || maxpos.lnum > sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2638 || (maxpos.lnum == sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
|
|
991
|
2639 && maxpos.col > sip->si_m_endpos.col))
|
|
|
2640 maxpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2641 if (maxpos_h.lnum == 0
|
|
|
2642 || maxpos_h.lnum > sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2643 || (maxpos_h.lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2644 && maxpos_h.col > sip->si_h_endpos.col))
|
|
|
2645 maxpos_h = sip->si_h_endpos;
|
|
|
2646 }
|
|
7
|
2647 }
|
|
|
2648 }
|
|
|
2649
|
|
|
2650 /*
|
|
|
2651 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a start-skip-end pattern.
|
|
|
2652 * This finds the end of the current item, if it's in the current line.
|
|
|
2653 *
|
|
|
2654 * Return the flags for the matched END.
|
|
|
2655 */
|
|
|
2656 static void
|
|
|
2657 update_si_end(sip, startcol, force)
|
|
|
2658 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
2659 int startcol; /* where to start searching for the end */
|
|
|
2660 int force; /* when TRUE overrule a previous end */
|
|
|
2661 {
|
|
|
2662 lpos_T startpos;
|
|
|
2663 lpos_T endpos;
|
|
|
2664 lpos_T hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2665 lpos_T end_endpos;
|
|
|
2666 int end_idx;
|
|
|
2667
|
|
1371
|
2668 /* return quickly for a keyword */
|
|
|
2669 if (sip->si_idx < 0)
|
|
|
2670 return;
|
|
|
2671
|
|
7
|
2672 /* Don't update when it's already done. Can be a match of an end pattern
|
|
|
2673 * that started in a previous line. Watch out: can also be a "keepend"
|
|
|
2674 * from a containing item. */
|
|
|
2675 if (!force && sip->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum)
|
|
|
2676 return;
|
|
|
2677
|
|
|
2678 /*
|
|
|
2679 * We need to find the end of the region. It may continue in the next
|
|
|
2680 * line.
|
|
|
2681 */
|
|
|
2682 end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2683 startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2684 startpos.col = startcol;
|
|
|
2685 find_endpos(sip->si_idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
|
|
|
2686 &(sip->si_flags), &end_endpos, &end_idx, sip->si_extmatch);
|
|
|
2687
|
|
|
2688 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2689 {
|
|
|
2690 /* No end pattern matched. */
|
|
|
2691 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)
|
|
|
2692 {
|
|
|
2693 /* a "oneline" never continues in the next line */
|
|
|
2694 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2695 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2696 sip->si_m_endpos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(syn_getcurline());
|
|
|
2697 }
|
|
|
2698 else
|
|
|
2699 {
|
|
|
2700 /* continues in the next line */
|
|
|
2701 sip->si_ends = FALSE;
|
|
|
2702 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2703 }
|
|
|
2704 sip->si_h_endpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2705 }
|
|
|
2706 else
|
|
|
2707 {
|
|
|
2708 /* match within this line */
|
|
|
2709 sip->si_m_endpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2710 sip->si_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2711 sip->si_eoe_pos = end_endpos;
|
|
|
2712 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2713 sip->si_end_idx = end_idx;
|
|
|
2714 }
|
|
|
2715 }
|
|
|
2716
|
|
|
2717 /*
|
|
|
2718 * Add a new state to the current state stack.
|
|
|
2719 * It is cleared and the index set to "idx".
|
|
|
2720 * Return FAIL if it's not possible (out of memory).
|
|
|
2721 */
|
|
|
2722 static int
|
|
|
2723 push_current_state(idx)
|
|
|
2724 int idx;
|
|
|
2725 {
|
|
|
2726 if (ga_grow(¤t_state, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2727 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2728 vim_memset(&CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len), 0, sizeof(stateitem_T));
|
|
|
2729 CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len).si_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2730 ++current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
2731 return OK;
|
|
|
2732 }
|
|
|
2733
|
|
|
2734 /*
|
|
|
2735 * Remove a state from the current_state stack.
|
|
|
2736 */
|
|
|
2737 static void
|
|
|
2738 pop_current_state()
|
|
|
2739 {
|
|
|
2740 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
2741 {
|
|
|
2742 unref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1).si_extmatch);
|
|
|
2743 --current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
2744 }
|
|
|
2745 /* after the end of a pattern, try matching a keyword or pattern */
|
|
|
2746 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2747
|
|
|
2748 /* if first state with "keepend" is popped, reset keepend_level */
|
|
|
2749 if (keepend_level >= current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
2750 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
2751 }
|
|
|
2752
|
|
|
2753 /*
|
|
|
2754 * Find the end of a start/skip/end syntax region after "startpos".
|
|
|
2755 * Only checks one line.
|
|
|
2756 * Also handles a match item that continued from a previous line.
|
|
|
2757 * If not found, the syntax item continues in the next line. m_endpos->lnum
|
|
|
2758 * will be 0.
|
|
|
2759 * If found, the end of the region and the end of the highlighting is
|
|
|
2760 * computed.
|
|
|
2761 */
|
|
|
2762 static void
|
|
|
2763 find_endpos(idx, startpos, m_endpos, hl_endpos, flagsp, end_endpos,
|
|
|
2764 end_idx, start_ext)
|
|
|
2765 int idx; /* index of the pattern */
|
|
|
2766 lpos_T *startpos; /* where to start looking for an END match */
|
|
|
2767 lpos_T *m_endpos; /* return: end of match */
|
|
|
2768 lpos_T *hl_endpos; /* return: end of highlighting */
|
|
|
2769 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching END */
|
|
|
2770 lpos_T *end_endpos; /* return: end of end pattern match */
|
|
|
2771 int *end_idx; /* return: group ID for end pat. match, or 0 */
|
|
|
2772 reg_extmatch_T *start_ext; /* submatches from the start pattern */
|
|
|
2773 {
|
|
|
2774 colnr_T matchcol;
|
|
|
2775 synpat_T *spp, *spp_skip;
|
|
|
2776 int start_idx;
|
|
|
2777 int best_idx;
|
|
|
2778 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2779 regmmatch_T best_regmatch; /* startpos/endpos of best match */
|
|
|
2780 lpos_T pos;
|
|
|
2781 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2782 int had_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2783
|
|
1371
|
2784 /* just in case we are invoked for a keyword */
|
|
|
2785 if (idx < 0)
|
|
|
2786 return;
|
|
|
2787
|
|
7
|
2788 /*
|
|
|
2789 * Check for being called with a START pattern.
|
|
|
2790 * Can happen with a match that continues to the next line, because it
|
|
|
2791 * contained a region.
|
|
|
2792 */
|
|
|
2793 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2794 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
2795 {
|
|
|
2796 *hl_endpos = *startpos;
|
|
|
2797 return;
|
|
|
2798 }
|
|
|
2799
|
|
|
2800 /*
|
|
|
2801 * Find the SKIP or first END pattern after the last START pattern.
|
|
|
2802 */
|
|
|
2803 for (;;)
|
|
|
2804 {
|
|
|
2805 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2806 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
2807 break;
|
|
|
2808 ++idx;
|
|
|
2809 }
|
|
|
2810
|
|
|
2811 /*
|
|
|
2812 * Lookup the SKIP pattern (if present)
|
|
|
2813 */
|
|
|
2814 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
|
|
|
2815 {
|
|
|
2816 spp_skip = spp;
|
|
|
2817 ++idx;
|
|
|
2818 }
|
|
|
2819 else
|
|
|
2820 spp_skip = NULL;
|
|
|
2821
|
|
|
2822 /* Setup external matches for syn_regexec(). */
|
|
|
2823 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
|
|
|
2824 re_extmatch_in = ref_extmatch(start_ext);
|
|
|
2825
|
|
|
2826 matchcol = startpos->col; /* start looking for a match at sstart */
|
|
|
2827 start_idx = idx; /* remember the first END pattern. */
|
|
|
2828 best_regmatch.startpos[0].col = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */
|
|
|
2829 for (;;)
|
|
|
2830 {
|
|
|
2831 /*
|
|
|
2832 * Find end pattern that matches first after "matchcol".
|
|
|
2833 */
|
|
|
2834 best_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2835 for (idx = start_idx; idx < syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
2836 {
|
|
|
2837 int lc_col = matchcol;
|
|
|
2838
|
|
|
2839 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2840 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_END) /* past last END pattern */
|
|
|
2841 break;
|
|
|
2842 lc_col -= spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
2843 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
2844 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
2845
|
|
|
2846 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
|
|
|
2847 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
|
|
|
2848 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col))
|
|
|
2849 {
|
|
|
2850 if (best_idx == -1 || regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2851 < best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2852 {
|
|
|
2853 best_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2854 best_regmatch.startpos[0] = regmatch.startpos[0];
|
|
|
2855 best_regmatch.endpos[0] = regmatch.endpos[0];
|
|
|
2856 }
|
|
|
2857 }
|
|
|
2858 }
|
|
|
2859
|
|
|
2860 /*
|
|
|
2861 * If all end patterns have been tried, and there is no match, the
|
|
|
2862 * item continues until end-of-line.
|
|
|
2863 */
|
|
|
2864 if (best_idx == -1)
|
|
|
2865 break;
|
|
|
2866
|
|
|
2867 /*
|
|
|
2868 * If the skip pattern matches before the end pattern,
|
|
|
2869 * continue searching after the skip pattern.
|
|
|
2870 */
|
|
|
2871 if (spp_skip != NULL)
|
|
|
2872 {
|
|
|
2873 int lc_col = matchcol - spp_skip->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
2874
|
|
|
2875 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
2876 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
2877 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp_skip->sp_ic;
|
|
|
2878 regmatch.regprog = spp_skip->sp_prog;
|
|
|
2879 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col)
|
|
|
2880 && regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2881 <= best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2882 {
|
|
|
2883 /* Add offset to skip pattern match */
|
|
|
2884 syn_add_end_off(&pos, ®match, spp_skip, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2885
|
|
|
2886 /* If the skip pattern goes on to the next line, there is no
|
|
|
2887 * match with an end pattern in this line. */
|
|
|
2888 if (pos.lnum > startpos->lnum)
|
|
|
2889 break;
|
|
|
2890
|
|
|
2891 line = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, startpos->lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
2892
|
|
|
2893 /* take care of an empty match or negative offset */
|
|
|
2894 if (pos.col <= matchcol)
|
|
|
2895 ++matchcol;
|
|
|
2896 else if (pos.col <= regmatch.endpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2897 matchcol = pos.col;
|
|
|
2898 else
|
|
|
2899 /* Be careful not to jump over the NUL at the end-of-line */
|
|
|
2900 for (matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2901 line[matchcol] != NUL && matchcol < pos.col;
|
|
|
2902 ++matchcol)
|
|
|
2903 ;
|
|
|
2904
|
|
|
2905 /* if the skip pattern includes end-of-line, break here */
|
|
|
2906 if (line[matchcol] == NUL)
|
|
|
2907 break;
|
|
|
2908
|
|
|
2909 continue; /* start with first end pattern again */
|
|
|
2910 }
|
|
|
2911 }
|
|
|
2912
|
|
|
2913 /*
|
|
|
2914 * Match from start pattern to end pattern.
|
|
|
2915 * Correct for match and highlight offset of end pattern.
|
|
|
2916 */
|
|
|
2917 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[best_idx]);
|
|
|
2918 syn_add_end_off(m_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2919 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2920 if (m_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum && m_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2921 m_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2922
|
|
|
2923 syn_add_end_off(end_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_HE_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2924 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2925 if (end_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
|
|
|
2926 && end_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2927 end_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2928 /* can't end after the match */
|
|
|
2929 limit_pos(end_endpos, m_endpos);
|
|
|
2930
|
|
|
2931 /*
|
|
|
2932 * If the end group is highlighted differently, adjust the pointers.
|
|
|
2933 */
|
|
|
2934 if (spp->sp_syn_match_id != spp->sp_syn.id && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0)
|
|
|
2935 {
|
|
|
2936 *end_idx = best_idx;
|
|
|
2937 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (SPO_RE_OFF + SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
2938 {
|
|
|
2939 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2940 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2941 }
|
|
|
2942 else
|
|
|
2943 {
|
|
|
2944 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2945 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.startpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2946 }
|
|
|
2947 hl_endpos->col += spp->sp_offsets[SPO_RE_OFF];
|
|
|
2948
|
|
|
2949 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2950 if (hl_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
|
|
|
2951 && hl_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2952 hl_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2953 limit_pos(hl_endpos, m_endpos);
|
|
|
2954
|
|
|
2955 /* now the match ends where the highlighting ends, it is turned
|
|
|
2956 * into the matchgroup for the end */
|
|
|
2957 *m_endpos = *hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2958 }
|
|
|
2959 else
|
|
|
2960 {
|
|
|
2961 *end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2962 *hl_endpos = *end_endpos;
|
|
|
2963 }
|
|
|
2964
|
|
|
2965 *flagsp = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2966
|
|
|
2967 had_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2968 break;
|
|
|
2969 }
|
|
|
2970
|
|
|
2971 /* no match for an END pattern in this line */
|
|
|
2972 if (!had_match)
|
|
|
2973 m_endpos->lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2974
|
|
|
2975 /* Remove external matches. */
|
|
|
2976 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
|
|
|
2977 re_extmatch_in = NULL;
|
|
|
2978 }
|
|
|
2979
|
|
|
2980 /*
|
|
|
2981 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit".
|
|
|
2982 */
|
|
|
2983 static void
|
|
|
2984 limit_pos(pos, limit)
|
|
|
2985 lpos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2986 lpos_T *limit;
|
|
|
2987 {
|
|
|
2988 if (pos->lnum > limit->lnum)
|
|
|
2989 *pos = *limit;
|
|
|
2990 else if (pos->lnum == limit->lnum && pos->col > limit->col)
|
|
|
2991 pos->col = limit->col;
|
|
|
2992 }
|
|
|
2993
|
|
|
2994 /*
|
|
|
2995 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit", unless pos->lnum is zero.
|
|
|
2996 */
|
|
|
2997 static void
|
|
|
2998 limit_pos_zero(pos, limit)
|
|
|
2999 lpos_T *pos;
|
|
|
3000 lpos_T *limit;
|
|
|
3001 {
|
|
|
3002 if (pos->lnum == 0)
|
|
|
3003 *pos = *limit;
|
|
|
3004 else
|
|
|
3005 limit_pos(pos, limit);
|
|
|
3006 }
|
|
|
3007
|
|
|
3008 /*
|
|
|
3009 * Add offset to matched text for end of match or highlight.
|
|
|
3010 */
|
|
|
3011 static void
|
|
|
3012 syn_add_end_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
|
|
|
3013 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
|
|
|
3014 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
|
|
|
3015 synpat_T *spp; /* matched pattern */
|
|
|
3016 int idx; /* index of offset */
|
|
|
3017 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to start */
|
|
|
3018 {
|
|
|
3019 int col;
|
|
626
|
3020 int len;
|
|
7
|
3021
|
|
|
3022 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << idx))
|
|
|
3023 {
|
|
|
3024 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
3025 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col + extra;
|
|
|
3026 }
|
|
|
3027 else
|
|
|
3028 {
|
|
|
3029 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
3030 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
3031 }
|
|
|
3032 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
|
|
|
3033 if (col < 0)
|
|
|
3034 result->col = 0;
|
|
|
3035 else
|
|
626
|
3036 {
|
|
|
3037 /* Don't go past the end of the line. Matters for "rs=e+2" when there
|
|
640
|
3038 * is a matchgroup. Watch out for match with last NL in the buffer. */
|
|
|
3039 if (result->lnum > syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3040 len = 0;
|
|
|
3041 else
|
|
835
|
3042 len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(syn_buf, result->lnum, FALSE));
|
|
626
|
3043 if (col > len)
|
|
|
3044 result->col = len;
|
|
|
3045 else
|
|
|
3046 result->col = col;
|
|
|
3047 }
|
|
7
|
3048 }
|
|
|
3049
|
|
|
3050 /*
|
|
|
3051 * Add offset to matched text for start of match or highlight.
|
|
|
3052 * Avoid resulting column to become negative.
|
|
|
3053 */
|
|
|
3054 static void
|
|
|
3055 syn_add_start_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
|
|
|
3056 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
|
|
|
3057 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
|
|
|
3058 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3059 int idx;
|
|
|
3060 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to end */
|
|
|
3061 {
|
|
|
3062 int col;
|
|
|
3063
|
|
|
3064 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (idx + SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
3065 {
|
|
|
3066 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
3067 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col + extra;
|
|
|
3068 }
|
|
|
3069 else
|
|
|
3070 {
|
|
|
3071 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
3072 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col;
|
|
|
3073 }
|
|
|
3074 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
|
|
|
3075 if (col < 0)
|
|
|
3076 result->col = 0;
|
|
|
3077 else
|
|
|
3078 result->col = col;
|
|
|
3079 }
|
|
|
3080
|
|
|
3081 /*
|
|
|
3082 * Get current line in syntax buffer.
|
|
|
3083 */
|
|
|
3084 static char_u *
|
|
|
3085 syn_getcurline()
|
|
|
3086 {
|
|
|
3087 return ml_get_buf(syn_buf, current_lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
3088 }
|
|
|
3089
|
|
|
3090 /*
|
|
410
|
3091 * Call vim_regexec() to find a match with "rmp" in "syn_buf".
|
|
7
|
3092 * Returns TRUE when there is a match.
|
|
|
3093 */
|
|
|
3094 static int
|
|
|
3095 syn_regexec(rmp, lnum, col)
|
|
|
3096 regmmatch_T *rmp;
|
|
|
3097 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
3098 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
3099 {
|
|
410
|
3100 rmp->rmm_maxcol = syn_buf->b_p_smc;
|
|
7
|
3101 if (vim_regexec_multi(rmp, syn_win, syn_buf, lnum, col) > 0)
|
|
|
3102 {
|
|
|
3103 rmp->startpos[0].lnum += lnum;
|
|
|
3104 rmp->endpos[0].lnum += lnum;
|
|
|
3105 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3106 }
|
|
|
3107 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3108 }
|
|
|
3109
|
|
|
3110 /*
|
|
|
3111 * Check one position in a line for a matching keyword.
|
|
|
3112 * The caller must check if a keyword can start at startcol.
|
|
|
3113 * Return it's ID if found, 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
3114 */
|
|
|
3115 static int
|
|
|
3116 check_keyword_id(line, startcol, endcolp, flagsp, next_listp, cur_si)
|
|
|
3117 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3118 int startcol; /* position in line to check for keyword */
|
|
|
3119 int *endcolp; /* return: character after found keyword */
|
|
|
3120 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching keyword */
|
|
|
3121 short **next_listp; /* return: next_list of matching keyword */
|
|
|
3122 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* item at the top of the stack */
|
|
|
3123 {
|
|
134
|
3124 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
3125 char_u *kwp;
|
|
7
|
3126 int round;
|
|
134
|
3127 int kwlen;
|
|
7
|
3128 char_u keyword[MAXKEYWLEN + 1]; /* assume max. keyword len is 80 */
|
|
134
|
3129 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
3130 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
7
|
3131
|
|
|
3132 /* Find first character after the keyword. First character was already
|
|
|
3133 * checked. */
|
|
134
|
3134 kwp = line + startcol;
|
|
|
3135 kwlen = 0;
|
|
7
|
3136 do
|
|
|
3137 {
|
|
|
3138 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3139 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
474
|
3140 kwlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(kwp + kwlen);
|
|
7
|
3141 else
|
|
|
3142 #endif
|
|
134
|
3143 ++kwlen;
|
|
|
3144 }
|
|
|
3145 while (vim_iswordc_buf(kwp + kwlen, syn_buf));
|
|
|
3146
|
|
|
3147 if (kwlen > MAXKEYWLEN)
|
|
7
|
3148 return 0;
|
|
|
3149
|
|
|
3150 /*
|
|
|
3151 * Must make a copy of the keyword, so we can add a NUL and make it
|
|
|
3152 * lowercase.
|
|
|
3153 */
|
|
419
|
3154 vim_strncpy(keyword, kwp, kwlen);
|
|
7
|
3155
|
|
|
3156 /*
|
|
|
3157 * Try twice:
|
|
|
3158 * 1. matching case
|
|
|
3159 * 2. ignoring case
|
|
|
3160 */
|
|
|
3161 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
3162 {
|
|
134
|
3163 ht = round == 1 ? &syn_buf->b_keywtab : &syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic;
|
|
|
3164 if (ht->ht_used == 0)
|
|
7
|
3165 continue;
|
|
134
|
3166 if (round == 2) /* ignore case */
|
|
|
3167 (void)str_foldcase(kwp, kwlen, keyword, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
|
|
7
|
3168
|
|
|
3169 /*
|
|
134
|
3170 * Find keywords that match. There can be several with different
|
|
|
3171 * attributes.
|
|
7
|
3172 * When current_next_list is non-zero accept only that group, otherwise:
|
|
|
3173 * Accept a not-contained keyword at toplevel.
|
|
|
3174 * Accept a keyword at other levels only if it is in the contains list.
|
|
|
3175 */
|
|
134
|
3176 hi = hash_find(ht, keyword);
|
|
|
3177 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
3178 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp->ke_next)
|
|
7
|
3179 {
|
|
134
|
3180 if (current_next_list != 0
|
|
|
3181 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, &kp->k_syn, 0)
|
|
|
3182 : (cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
3183 ? !(kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3184 : in_id_list(cur_si, cur_si->si_cont_list,
|
|
|
3185 &kp->k_syn, kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)))
|
|
|
3186 {
|
|
|
3187 *endcolp = startcol + kwlen;
|
|
|
3188 *flagsp = kp->flags;
|
|
|
3189 *next_listp = kp->next_list;
|
|
|
3190 return kp->k_syn.id;
|
|
|
3191 }
|
|
7
|
3192 }
|
|
|
3193 }
|
|
|
3194 return 0;
|
|
|
3195 }
|
|
|
3196
|
|
|
3197 /*
|
|
|
3198 * Handle ":syntax case" command.
|
|
|
3199 */
|
|
|
3200 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3201 static void
|
|
|
3202 syn_cmd_case(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3203 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3204 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3205 {
|
|
|
3206 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3207 char_u *next;
|
|
|
3208
|
|
|
3209 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3210 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3211 return;
|
|
|
3212
|
|
|
3213 next = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3214 if (STRNICMP(arg, "match", 5) == 0 && next - arg == 5)
|
|
|
3215 curbuf->b_syn_ic = FALSE;
|
|
|
3216 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "ignore", 6) == 0 && next - arg == 6)
|
|
|
3217 curbuf->b_syn_ic = TRUE;
|
|
|
3218 else
|
|
|
3219 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3220 }
|
|
|
3221
|
|
|
3222 /*
|
|
419
|
3223 * Handle ":syntax spell" command.
|
|
|
3224 */
|
|
|
3225 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3226 static void
|
|
|
3227 syn_cmd_spell(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3228 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3229 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3230 {
|
|
|
3231 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3232 char_u *next;
|
|
|
3233
|
|
|
3234 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3235 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3236 return;
|
|
|
3237
|
|
|
3238 next = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3239 if (STRNICMP(arg, "toplevel", 8) == 0 && next - arg == 8)
|
|
|
3240 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_TOP;
|
|
|
3241 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "notoplevel", 10) == 0 && next - arg == 10)
|
|
|
3242 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_NOTOP;
|
|
1064
|
3243 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "default", 7) == 0 && next - arg == 7)
|
|
419
|
3244 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT;
|
|
|
3245 else
|
|
|
3246 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3247 }
|
|
|
3248
|
|
|
3249 /*
|
|
7
|
3250 * Clear all syntax info for one buffer.
|
|
|
3251 */
|
|
|
3252 void
|
|
|
3253 syntax_clear(buf)
|
|
|
3254 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3255 {
|
|
|
3256 int i;
|
|
|
3257
|
|
482
|
3258 buf->b_syn_error = FALSE; /* clear previous error */
|
|
294
|
3259 buf->b_syn_ic = FALSE; /* Use case, by default */
|
|
419
|
3260 buf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT; /* default spell checking */
|
|
294
|
3261 buf->b_syn_containedin = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3262
|
|
|
3263 /* free the keywords */
|
|
134
|
3264 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab);
|
|
|
3265 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab_ic);
|
|
7
|
3266
|
|
|
3267 /* free the syntax patterns */
|
|
|
3268 for (i = buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3269 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i);
|
|
|
3270 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_patterns);
|
|
|
3271
|
|
|
3272 /* free the syntax clusters */
|
|
|
3273 for (i = buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3274 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i);
|
|
|
3275 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_clusters);
|
|
301
|
3276 buf->b_spell_cluster_id = 0;
|
|
|
3277 buf->b_nospell_cluster_id = 0;
|
|
7
|
3278
|
|
|
3279 buf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
|
|
|
3280 buf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
|
|
|
3281 buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
3282 buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
|
|
|
3283
|
|
|
3284 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
|
|
|
3285 buf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
|
|
|
3286 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
3287 buf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
3288 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
3289 buf->b_syn_folditems = 0;
|
|
|
3290 #endif
|
|
|
3291
|
|
|
3292 /* free the stored states */
|
|
|
3293 syn_stack_free_all(buf);
|
|
|
3294 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
3295 }
|
|
|
3296
|
|
|
3297 /*
|
|
|
3298 * Clear syncing info for one buffer.
|
|
|
3299 */
|
|
|
3300 static void
|
|
|
3301 syntax_sync_clear()
|
|
|
3302 {
|
|
|
3303 int i;
|
|
|
3304
|
|
|
3305 /* free the syntax patterns */
|
|
|
3306 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3307 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syncing)
|
|
|
3308 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, i);
|
|
|
3309
|
|
|
3310 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
|
|
|
3311 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
|
|
|
3312 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
3313 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
|
|
|
3314
|
|
|
3315 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
|
|
|
3316 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
|
|
|
3317 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
3318 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
3319
|
|
|
3320 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
3321 }
|
|
|
3322
|
|
|
3323 /*
|
|
|
3324 * Remove one pattern from the buffer's pattern list.
|
|
|
3325 */
|
|
|
3326 static void
|
|
|
3327 syn_remove_pattern(buf, idx)
|
|
|
3328 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3329 int idx;
|
|
|
3330 {
|
|
|
3331 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3332
|
|
|
3333 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3334 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
3335 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
|
3336 --buf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
3337 #endif
|
|
|
3338 syn_clear_pattern(buf, idx);
|
|
|
3339 mch_memmove(spp, spp + 1,
|
|
|
3340 sizeof(synpat_T) * (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len - idx - 1));
|
|
|
3341 --buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
3342 }
|
|
|
3343
|
|
|
3344 /*
|
|
|
3345 * Clear and free one syntax pattern. When clearing all, must be called from
|
|
|
3346 * last to first!
|
|
|
3347 */
|
|
|
3348 static void
|
|
|
3349 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i)
|
|
|
3350 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3351 int i;
|
|
|
3352 {
|
|
|
3353 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_pattern);
|
|
|
3354 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_prog);
|
|
|
3355 /* Only free sp_cont_list and sp_next_list of first start pattern */
|
|
|
3356 if (i == 0 || SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i - 1].sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3357 {
|
|
|
3358 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_cont_list);
|
|
|
3359 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_next_list);
|
|
1421
|
3360 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_syn.cont_in_list);
|
|
7
|
3361 }
|
|
|
3362 }
|
|
|
3363
|
|
|
3364 /*
|
|
|
3365 * Clear and free one syntax cluster.
|
|
|
3366 */
|
|
|
3367 static void
|
|
|
3368 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i)
|
|
|
3369 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3370 int i;
|
|
|
3371 {
|
|
|
3372 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name);
|
|
|
3373 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name_u);
|
|
|
3374 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_list);
|
|
|
3375 }
|
|
|
3376
|
|
|
3377 /*
|
|
|
3378 * Handle ":syntax clear" command.
|
|
|
3379 */
|
|
|
3380 static void
|
|
|
3381 syn_cmd_clear(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3382 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3383 int syncing;
|
|
|
3384 {
|
|
|
3385 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3386 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
3387 int id;
|
|
|
3388
|
|
|
3389 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3390 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3391 return;
|
|
|
3392
|
|
|
3393 /*
|
|
|
3394 * We have to disable this within ":syn include @group filename",
|
|
|
3395 * because otherwise @group would get deleted.
|
|
|
3396 * Only required for Vim 5.x syntax files, 6.0 ones don't contain ":syn
|
|
|
3397 * clear".
|
|
|
3398 */
|
|
|
3399 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp != 0)
|
|
|
3400 return;
|
|
|
3401
|
|
|
3402 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3403 {
|
|
|
3404 /*
|
|
|
3405 * No argument: Clear all syntax items.
|
|
|
3406 */
|
|
|
3407 if (syncing)
|
|
|
3408 syntax_sync_clear();
|
|
|
3409 else
|
|
|
3410 {
|
|
|
3411 syntax_clear(curbuf);
|
|
148
|
3412 do_unlet((char_u *)"b:current_syntax", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
3413 }
|
|
|
3414 }
|
|
|
3415 else
|
|
|
3416 {
|
|
|
3417 /*
|
|
|
3418 * Clear the group IDs that are in the argument.
|
|
|
3419 */
|
|
|
3420 while (!ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3421 {
|
|
|
3422 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3423 if (*arg == '@')
|
|
|
3424 {
|
|
|
3425 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
|
|
|
3426 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3427 {
|
|
|
3428 EMSG2(_("E391: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3429 break;
|
|
|
3430 }
|
|
|
3431 else
|
|
|
3432 {
|
|
|
3433 /*
|
|
|
3434 * We can't physically delete a cluster without changing
|
|
|
3435 * the IDs of other clusters, so we do the next best thing
|
|
|
3436 * and make it empty.
|
|
|
3437 */
|
|
|
3438 short scl_id = id - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
3439
|
|
|
3440 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list);
|
|
|
3441 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3442 }
|
|
|
3443 }
|
|
|
3444 else
|
|
|
3445 {
|
|
|
3446 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
|
|
|
3447 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3448 {
|
|
|
3449 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
|
|
|
3450 break;
|
|
|
3451 }
|
|
|
3452 else
|
|
|
3453 syn_clear_one(id, syncing);
|
|
|
3454 }
|
|
|
3455 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
3456 }
|
|
|
3457 }
|
|
745
|
3458 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
|
|
7
|
3459 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
3460 }
|
|
|
3461
|
|
|
3462 /*
|
|
|
3463 * Clear one syntax group for the current buffer.
|
|
|
3464 */
|
|
|
3465 static void
|
|
|
3466 syn_clear_one(id, syncing)
|
|
|
3467 int id;
|
|
|
3468 int syncing;
|
|
|
3469 {
|
|
|
3470 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3471 int idx;
|
|
|
3472
|
|
|
3473 /* Clear keywords only when not ":syn sync clear group-name" */
|
|
|
3474 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
3475 {
|
|
134
|
3476 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab);
|
|
|
3477 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic);
|
|
7
|
3478 }
|
|
|
3479
|
|
|
3480 /* clear the patterns for "id" */
|
|
|
3481 for (idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
3482 {
|
|
|
3483 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3484 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
|
|
|
3485 continue;
|
|
|
3486 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, idx);
|
|
|
3487 }
|
|
|
3488 }
|
|
|
3489
|
|
|
3490 /*
|
|
|
3491 * Handle ":syntax on" command.
|
|
|
3492 */
|
|
|
3493 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3494 static void
|
|
|
3495 syn_cmd_on(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3496 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3497 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3498 {
|
|
|
3499 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
|
|
|
3500 }
|
|
|
3501
|
|
|
3502 /*
|
|
|
3503 * Handle ":syntax enable" command.
|
|
|
3504 */
|
|
|
3505 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3506 static void
|
|
|
3507 syn_cmd_enable(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3508 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3509 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3510 {
|
|
|
3511 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"enable");
|
|
|
3512 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
|
|
148
|
3513 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
3514 }
|
|
|
3515
|
|
|
3516 /*
|
|
|
3517 * Handle ":syntax reset" command.
|
|
|
3518 */
|
|
|
3519 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3520 static void
|
|
|
3521 syn_cmd_reset(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3522 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3523 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3524 {
|
|
|
3525 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
|
|
|
3526 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
3527 {
|
|
|
3528 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"reset");
|
|
|
3529 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim");
|
|
148
|
3530 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
3531 }
|
|
|
3532 }
|
|
|
3533
|
|
|
3534 /*
|
|
|
3535 * Handle ":syntax manual" command.
|
|
|
3536 */
|
|
|
3537 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3538 static void
|
|
|
3539 syn_cmd_manual(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3540 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3541 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3542 {
|
|
|
3543 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "manual");
|
|
|
3544 }
|
|
|
3545
|
|
|
3546 /*
|
|
|
3547 * Handle ":syntax off" command.
|
|
|
3548 */
|
|
|
3549 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3550 static void
|
|
|
3551 syn_cmd_off(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3552 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3553 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3554 {
|
|
|
3555 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "nosyntax");
|
|
|
3556 }
|
|
|
3557
|
|
|
3558 static void
|
|
|
3559 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, name)
|
|
|
3560 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3561 char *name;
|
|
|
3562 {
|
|
|
3563 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
3564
|
|
|
3565 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
|
|
|
3566 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
3567 {
|
|
|
3568 STRCPY(buf, "so ");
|
|
274
|
3569 vim_snprintf((char *)buf + 3, sizeof(buf) - 3, SYNTAX_FNAME, name);
|
|
7
|
3570 do_cmdline_cmd(buf);
|
|
|
3571 }
|
|
|
3572 }
|
|
|
3573
|
|
|
3574 /*
|
|
|
3575 * Handle ":syntax [list]" command: list current syntax words.
|
|
|
3576 */
|
|
|
3577 static void
|
|
|
3578 syn_cmd_list(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3579 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3580 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
|
|
|
3581 {
|
|
|
3582 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3583 int id;
|
|
|
3584 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
3585
|
|
|
3586 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3587 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3588 return;
|
|
|
3589
|
|
|
3590 if (!syntax_present(curbuf))
|
|
|
3591 {
|
|
|
3592 MSG(_("No Syntax items defined for this buffer"));
|
|
|
3593 return;
|
|
|
3594 }
|
|
|
3595
|
|
|
3596 if (syncing)
|
|
|
3597 {
|
|
|
3598 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
|
|
|
3599 {
|
|
|
3600 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing on C-style comments"));
|
|
|
3601 syn_lines_msg();
|
|
|
3602 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3603 return;
|
|
|
3604 }
|
|
|
3605 else if (!(curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH))
|
|
|
3606 {
|
|
|
3607 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 0)
|
|
|
3608 MSG_PUTS(_("no syncing"));
|
|
|
3609 else
|
|
|
3610 {
|
|
|
3611 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing starts "));
|
|
|
3612 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
|
|
|
3613 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
|
|
|
3614 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3615 }
|
|
|
3616 return;
|
|
|
3617 }
|
|
|
3618 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax sync items ---"));
|
|
|
3619 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0
|
|
|
3620 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0
|
|
|
3621 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
|
|
|
3622 {
|
|
|
3623 MSG_PUTS(_("\nsyncing on items"));
|
|
|
3624 syn_lines_msg();
|
|
|
3625 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3626 }
|
|
|
3627 }
|
|
|
3628 else
|
|
|
3629 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax items ---"));
|
|
|
3630 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3631 {
|
|
|
3632 /*
|
|
|
3633 * No argument: List all group IDs and all syntax clusters.
|
|
|
3634 */
|
|
|
3635 for (id = 1; id <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
|
|
|
3636 syn_list_one(id, syncing, FALSE);
|
|
|
3637 for (id = 0; id < curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
|
|
|
3638 syn_list_cluster(id);
|
|
|
3639 }
|
|
|
3640 else
|
|
|
3641 {
|
|
|
3642 /*
|
|
|
3643 * List the group IDs and syntax clusters that are in the argument.
|
|
|
3644 */
|
|
|
3645 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int)
|
|
|
3646 {
|
|
|
3647 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3648 if (*arg == '@')
|
|
|
3649 {
|
|
|
3650 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
|
|
|
3651 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3652 EMSG2(_("E392: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3653 else
|
|
|
3654 syn_list_cluster(id - SYNID_CLUSTER);
|
|
|
3655 }
|
|
|
3656 else
|
|
|
3657 {
|
|
|
3658 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
|
|
|
3659 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3660 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
|
|
|
3661 else
|
|
|
3662 syn_list_one(id, syncing, TRUE);
|
|
|
3663 }
|
|
|
3664 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
3665 }
|
|
|
3666 }
|
|
|
3667 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3668 }
|
|
|
3669
|
|
|
3670 static void
|
|
|
3671 syn_lines_msg()
|
|
|
3672 {
|
|
|
3673 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
|
|
|
3674 {
|
|
|
3675 MSG_PUTS("; ");
|
|
|
3676 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
|
|
|
3677 {
|
|
|
3678 MSG_PUTS(_("minimal "));
|
|
|
3679 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
|
|
|
3680 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
3681 MSG_PUTS(", ");
|
|
|
3682 }
|
|
|
3683 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0)
|
|
|
3684 {
|
|
|
3685 MSG_PUTS(_("maximal "));
|
|
|
3686 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines);
|
|
|
3687 }
|
|
|
3688 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
|
|
|
3689 }
|
|
|
3690 }
|
|
|
3691
|
|
|
3692 static void
|
|
|
3693 syn_match_msg()
|
|
|
3694 {
|
|
|
3695 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
|
|
|
3696 {
|
|
|
3697 MSG_PUTS(_("; match "));
|
|
|
3698 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks);
|
|
|
3699 MSG_PUTS(_(" line breaks"));
|
|
|
3700 }
|
|
|
3701 }
|
|
|
3702
|
|
|
3703 static int last_matchgroup;
|
|
|
3704
|
|
|
3705 struct name_list
|
|
|
3706 {
|
|
|
3707 int flag;
|
|
|
3708 char *name;
|
|
|
3709 };
|
|
|
3710
|
|
|
3711 static void syn_list_flags __ARGS((struct name_list *nl, int flags, int attr));
|
|
|
3712
|
|
|
3713 /*
|
|
|
3714 * List one syntax item, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
|
|
|
3715 */
|
|
|
3716 static void
|
|
|
3717 syn_list_one(id, syncing, link_only)
|
|
|
3718 int id;
|
|
|
3719 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
|
|
|
3720 int link_only; /* when TRUE; list link-only too */
|
|
|
3721 {
|
|
|
3722 int attr;
|
|
|
3723 int idx;
|
|
|
3724 int did_header = FALSE;
|
|
|
3725 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3726 static struct name_list namelist1[] =
|
|
|
3727 {
|
|
|
3728 {HL_DISPLAY, "display"},
|
|
|
3729 {HL_CONTAINED, "contained"},
|
|
|
3730 {HL_ONELINE, "oneline"},
|
|
|
3731 {HL_KEEPEND, "keepend"},
|
|
|
3732 {HL_EXTEND, "extend"},
|
|
|
3733 {HL_EXCLUDENL, "excludenl"},
|
|
|
3734 {HL_TRANSP, "transparent"},
|
|
|
3735 {HL_FOLD, "fold"},
|
|
|
3736 {0, NULL}
|
|
|
3737 };
|
|
|
3738 static struct name_list namelist2[] =
|
|
|
3739 {
|
|
|
3740 {HL_SKIPWHITE, "skipwhite"},
|
|
|
3741 {HL_SKIPNL, "skipnl"},
|
|
|
3742 {HL_SKIPEMPTY, "skipempty"},
|
|
|
3743 {0, NULL}
|
|
|
3744 };
|
|
|
3745
|
|
|
3746 attr = hl_attr(HLF_D); /* highlight like directories */
|
|
|
3747
|
|
|
3748 /* list the keywords for "id" */
|
|
|
3749 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
3750 {
|
|
134
|
3751 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab, FALSE, attr);
|
|
|
3752 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic,
|
|
7
|
3753 did_header, attr);
|
|
|
3754 }
|
|
|
3755
|
|
|
3756 /* list the patterns for "id" */
|
|
|
3757 for (idx = 0; idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len && !got_int; ++idx)
|
|
|
3758 {
|
|
|
3759 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3760 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
|
|
|
3761 continue;
|
|
|
3762
|
|
|
3763 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
|
|
|
3764 did_header = TRUE;
|
|
|
3765 last_matchgroup = 0;
|
|
|
3766 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
|
|
|
3767 {
|
|
|
3768 put_pattern("match", ' ', spp, attr);
|
|
|
3769 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3770 }
|
|
|
3771 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3772 {
|
|
|
3773 while (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3774 put_pattern("start", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3775 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
|
|
|
3776 put_pattern("skip", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3777 while (idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len
|
|
|
3778 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_END)
|
|
|
3779 put_pattern("end", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3780 --idx;
|
|
|
3781 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3782 }
|
|
|
3783 syn_list_flags(namelist1, spp->sp_flags, attr);
|
|
|
3784
|
|
|
3785 if (spp->sp_cont_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3786 put_id_list((char_u *)"contains", spp->sp_cont_list, attr);
|
|
|
3787
|
|
|
3788 if (spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3789 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
|
|
|
3790 spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
|
|
|
3791
|
|
|
3792 if (spp->sp_next_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3793 {
|
|
|
3794 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", spp->sp_next_list, attr);
|
|
|
3795 syn_list_flags(namelist2, spp->sp_flags, attr);
|
|
|
3796 }
|
|
|
3797 if (spp->sp_flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
|
|
|
3798 {
|
|
|
3799 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
|
|
|
3800 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"grouphere", attr);
|
|
|
3801 else
|
|
|
3802 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"groupthere", attr);
|
|
|
3803 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3804 if (spp->sp_sync_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
3805 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)
|
|
|
3806 [spp->sp_sync_idx].sp_syn.id - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3807 else
|
|
|
3808 MSG_PUTS("NONE");
|
|
|
3809 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3810 }
|
|
|
3811 }
|
|
|
3812
|
|
|
3813 /* list the link, if there is one */
|
|
|
3814 if (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link && (did_header || link_only) && !got_int)
|
|
|
3815 {
|
|
|
3816 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
|
|
|
3817 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", attr);
|
|
|
3818 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3819 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3820 }
|
|
|
3821 }
|
|
|
3822
|
|
|
3823 static void
|
|
|
3824 syn_list_flags(nl, flags, attr)
|
|
|
3825 struct name_list *nl;
|
|
|
3826 int flags;
|
|
|
3827 int attr;
|
|
|
3828 {
|
|
|
3829 int i;
|
|
|
3830
|
|
|
3831 for (i = 0; nl[i].flag != 0; ++i)
|
|
|
3832 if (flags & nl[i].flag)
|
|
|
3833 {
|
|
|
3834 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)nl[i].name, attr);
|
|
|
3835 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3836 }
|
|
|
3837 }
|
|
|
3838
|
|
|
3839 /*
|
|
|
3840 * List one syntax cluster, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
|
|
|
3841 */
|
|
|
3842 static void
|
|
|
3843 syn_list_cluster(id)
|
|
|
3844 int id;
|
|
|
3845 {
|
|
|
3846 int endcol = 15;
|
|
|
3847
|
|
|
3848 /* slight hack: roughly duplicate the guts of syn_list_header() */
|
|
|
3849 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
|
3850 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_name);
|
|
|
3851
|
|
|
3852 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
|
|
|
3853 endcol = msg_col + 1;
|
|
|
3854 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
|
|
|
3855 endcol = Columns - 1;
|
|
|
3856
|
|
|
3857 msg_advance(endcol);
|
|
|
3858 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3859 {
|
|
|
3860 put_id_list((char_u *)"cluster", SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list,
|
|
|
3861 hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
3862 }
|
|
|
3863 else
|
|
|
3864 {
|
|
|
3865 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"cluster", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
3866 msg_puts((char_u *)"=NONE");
|
|
|
3867 }
|
|
|
3868 }
|
|
|
3869
|
|
|
3870 static void
|
|
|
3871 put_id_list(name, list, attr)
|
|
|
3872 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3873 short *list;
|
|
|
3874 int attr;
|
|
|
3875 {
|
|
|
3876 short *p;
|
|
|
3877
|
|
|
3878 msg_puts_attr(name, attr);
|
|
|
3879 msg_putchar('=');
|
|
|
3880 for (p = list; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
3881 {
|
|
|
3882 if (*p >= SYNID_ALLBUT && *p < SYNID_TOP)
|
|
|
3883 {
|
|
|
3884 if (p[1])
|
|
|
3885 MSG_PUTS("ALLBUT");
|
|
|
3886 else
|
|
|
3887 MSG_PUTS("ALL");
|
|
|
3888 }
|
|
|
3889 else if (*p >= SYNID_TOP && *p < SYNID_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3890 {
|
|
|
3891 MSG_PUTS("TOP");
|
|
|
3892 }
|
|
|
3893 else if (*p >= SYNID_CONTAINED && *p < SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
3894 {
|
|
|
3895 MSG_PUTS("CONTAINED");
|
|
|
3896 }
|
|
|
3897 else if (*p >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
3898 {
|
|
|
3899 short scl_id = *p - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
3900
|
|
|
3901 msg_putchar('@');
|
|
|
3902 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_name);
|
|
|
3903 }
|
|
|
3904 else
|
|
|
3905 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[*p - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3906 if (p[1])
|
|
|
3907 msg_putchar(',');
|
|
|
3908 }
|
|
|
3909 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3910 }
|
|
|
3911
|
|
|
3912 static void
|
|
|
3913 put_pattern(s, c, spp, attr)
|
|
|
3914 char *s;
|
|
|
3915 int c;
|
|
|
3916 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3917 int attr;
|
|
|
3918 {
|
|
|
3919 long n;
|
|
|
3920 int mask;
|
|
|
3921 int first;
|
|
|
3922 static char *sepchars = "/+=-#@\"|'^&";
|
|
|
3923 int i;
|
|
|
3924
|
|
|
3925 /* May have to write "matchgroup=group" */
|
|
|
3926 if (last_matchgroup != spp->sp_syn_match_id)
|
|
|
3927 {
|
|
|
3928 last_matchgroup = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
|
|
|
3929 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"matchgroup", attr);
|
|
|
3930 msg_putchar('=');
|
|
|
3931 if (last_matchgroup == 0)
|
|
|
3932 msg_outtrans((char_u *)"NONE");
|
|
|
3933 else
|
|
|
3934 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[last_matchgroup - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3935 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3936 }
|
|
|
3937
|
|
|
3938 /* output the name of the pattern and an '=' or ' ' */
|
|
|
3939 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)s, attr);
|
|
|
3940 msg_putchar(c);
|
|
|
3941
|
|
|
3942 /* output the pattern, in between a char that is not in the pattern */
|
|
|
3943 for (i = 0; vim_strchr(spp->sp_pattern, sepchars[i]) != NULL; )
|
|
|
3944 if (sepchars[++i] == NUL)
|
|
|
3945 {
|
|
|
3946 i = 0; /* no good char found, just use the first one */
|
|
|
3947 break;
|
|
|
3948 }
|
|
|
3949 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
|
|
|
3950 msg_outtrans(spp->sp_pattern);
|
|
|
3951 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
|
|
|
3952
|
|
|
3953 /* output any pattern options */
|
|
|
3954 first = TRUE;
|
|
|
3955 for (i = 0; i < SPO_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
3956 {
|
|
|
3957 mask = (1 << i);
|
|
|
3958 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (mask + (mask << SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
3959 {
|
|
|
3960 if (!first)
|
|
|
3961 msg_putchar(','); /* separate with commas */
|
|
|
3962 msg_puts((char_u *)spo_name_tab[i]);
|
|
|
3963 n = spp->sp_offsets[i];
|
|
|
3964 if (i != SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
3965 {
|
|
|
3966 if (spp->sp_off_flags & mask)
|
|
|
3967 msg_putchar('s');
|
|
|
3968 else
|
|
|
3969 msg_putchar('e');
|
|
|
3970 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3971 msg_putchar('+');
|
|
|
3972 }
|
|
|
3973 if (n || i == SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
3974 msg_outnum(n);
|
|
|
3975 first = FALSE;
|
|
|
3976 }
|
|
|
3977 }
|
|
|
3978 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3979 }
|
|
|
3980
|
|
|
3981 /*
|
|
|
3982 * List or clear the keywords for one syntax group.
|
|
|
3983 * Return TRUE if the header has been printed.
|
|
|
3984 */
|
|
|
3985 static int
|
|
134
|
3986 syn_list_keywords(id, ht, did_header, attr)
|
|
7
|
3987 int id;
|
|
134
|
3988 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
7
|
3989 int did_header; /* header has already been printed */
|
|
|
3990 int attr;
|
|
|
3991 {
|
|
|
3992 int outlen;
|
|
134
|
3993 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
3994 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
3995 int todo;
|
|
7
|
3996 int prev_contained = 0;
|
|
|
3997 short *prev_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3998 short *prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3999 int prev_skipnl = 0;
|
|
|
4000 int prev_skipwhite = 0;
|
|
|
4001 int prev_skipempty = 0;
|
|
|
4002
|
|
|
4003 /*
|
|
|
4004 * Unfortunately, this list of keywords is not sorted on alphabet but on
|
|
|
4005 * hash value...
|
|
|
4006 */
|
|
835
|
4007 todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
|
|
134
|
4008 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi)
|
|
|
4009 {
|
|
|
4010 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
4011 {
|
|
|
4012 --todo;
|
|
|
4013 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL && !got_int; kp = kp->ke_next)
|
|
7
|
4014 {
|
|
134
|
4015 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
|
|
7
|
4016 {
|
|
134
|
4017 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
4018 || prev_skipnl != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
|
|
|
4019 || prev_skipwhite != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
4020 || prev_skipempty != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
4021 || prev_cont_in_list != kp->k_syn.cont_in_list
|
|
|
4022 || prev_next_list != kp->next_list)
|
|
|
4023 outlen = 9999;
|
|
|
4024 else
|
|
|
4025 outlen = (int)STRLEN(kp->keyword);
|
|
|
4026 /* output "contained" and "nextgroup" on each line */
|
|
|
4027 if (syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id))
|
|
|
4028 {
|
|
|
4029 prev_contained = 0;
|
|
|
4030 prev_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4031 prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4032 prev_skipnl = 0;
|
|
|
4033 prev_skipwhite = 0;
|
|
|
4034 prev_skipempty = 0;
|
|
|
4035 }
|
|
|
4036 did_header = TRUE;
|
|
|
4037 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED))
|
|
|
4038 {
|
|
|
4039 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"contained", attr);
|
|
|
4040 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
4041 prev_contained = (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED);
|
|
|
4042 }
|
|
|
4043 if (kp->k_syn.cont_in_list != prev_cont_in_list)
|
|
|
4044 {
|
|
|
4045 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
|
|
|
4046 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
|
|
|
4047 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
4048 prev_cont_in_list = kp->k_syn.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
4049 }
|
|
|
4050 if (kp->next_list != prev_next_list)
|
|
|
4051 {
|
|
|
4052 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", kp->next_list, attr);
|
|
|
4053 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
4054 prev_next_list = kp->next_list;
|
|
|
4055 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
|
|
|
4056 {
|
|
|
4057 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipnl", attr);
|
|
|
4058 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
4059 prev_skipnl = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL);
|
|
|
4060 }
|
|
|
4061 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
4062 {
|
|
|
4063 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipwhite", attr);
|
|
|
4064 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
4065 prev_skipwhite = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE);
|
|
|
4066 }
|
|
|
4067 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
4068 {
|
|
|
4069 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipempty", attr);
|
|
|
4070 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
4071 prev_skipempty = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY);
|
|
|
4072 }
|
|
|
4073 }
|
|
|
4074 msg_outtrans(kp->keyword);
|
|
7
|
4075 }
|
|
|
4076 }
|
|
|
4077 }
|
|
|
4078 }
|
|
|
4079
|
|
|
4080 return did_header;
|
|
|
4081 }
|
|
|
4082
|
|
|
4083 static void
|
|
134
|
4084 syn_clear_keyword(id, ht)
|
|
7
|
4085 int id;
|
|
134
|
4086 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
4087 {
|
|
|
4088 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
4089 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
4090 keyentry_T *kp_prev;
|
|
|
4091 keyentry_T *kp_next;
|
|
|
4092 int todo;
|
|
|
4093
|
|
|
4094 hash_lock(ht);
|
|
835
|
4095 todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
|
|
134
|
4096 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
|
|
|
4097 {
|
|
|
4098 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
4099 {
|
|
|
4100 --todo;
|
|
|
4101 kp_prev = NULL;
|
|
|
4102 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; )
|
|
7
|
4103 {
|
|
134
|
4104 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
|
|
|
4105 {
|
|
|
4106 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
|
|
|
4107 if (kp_prev == NULL)
|
|
|
4108 {
|
|
|
4109 if (kp_next == NULL)
|
|
|
4110 hash_remove(ht, hi);
|
|
|
4111 else
|
|
|
4112 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp_next);
|
|
|
4113 }
|
|
|
4114 else
|
|
|
4115 kp_prev->ke_next = kp_next;
|
|
|
4116 vim_free(kp->next_list);
|
|
|
4117 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4118 vim_free(kp);
|
|
|
4119 kp = kp_next;
|
|
|
4120 }
|
|
7
|
4121 else
|
|
134
|
4122 {
|
|
|
4123 kp_prev = kp;
|
|
|
4124 kp = kp->ke_next;
|
|
|
4125 }
|
|
7
|
4126 }
|
|
134
|
4127 }
|
|
|
4128 }
|
|
|
4129 hash_unlock(ht);
|
|
|
4130 }
|
|
|
4131
|
|
|
4132 /*
|
|
|
4133 * Clear a whole keyword table.
|
|
7
|
4134 */
|
|
|
4135 static void
|
|
134
|
4136 clear_keywtab(ht)
|
|
|
4137 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
4138 {
|
|
|
4139 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
4140 int todo;
|
|
|
4141 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
4142 keyentry_T *kp_next;
|
|
|
4143
|
|
835
|
4144 todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
|
|
134
|
4145 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
|
|
|
4146 {
|
|
|
4147 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
4148 {
|
|
|
4149 --todo;
|
|
|
4150 kp = HI2KE(hi);
|
|
|
4151 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp_next)
|
|
7
|
4152 {
|
|
134
|
4153 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
|
|
|
4154 vim_free(kp->next_list);
|
|
|
4155 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4156 vim_free(kp);
|
|
7
|
4157 }
|
|
134
|
4158 }
|
|
|
4159 }
|
|
|
4160 hash_clear(ht);
|
|
|
4161 hash_init(ht);
|
|
7
|
4162 }
|
|
|
4163
|
|
|
4164 /*
|
|
|
4165 * Add a keyword to the list of keywords.
|
|
|
4166 */
|
|
|
4167 static void
|
|
|
4168 add_keyword(name, id, flags, cont_in_list, next_list)
|
|
|
4169 char_u *name; /* name of keyword */
|
|
|
4170 int id; /* group ID for this keyword */
|
|
|
4171 int flags; /* flags for this keyword */
|
|
|
4172 short *cont_in_list; /* containedin for this keyword */
|
|
|
4173 short *next_list; /* nextgroup for this keyword */
|
|
|
4174 {
|
|
134
|
4175 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
4176 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
4177 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
154
|
4178 char_u *name_ic;
|
|
134
|
4179 long_u hash;
|
|
154
|
4180 char_u name_folded[MAXKEYWLEN + 1];
|
|
7
|
4181
|
|
|
4182 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
|
|
154
|
4183 name_ic = str_foldcase(name, (int)STRLEN(name),
|
|
|
4184 name_folded, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
|
|
|
4185 else
|
|
|
4186 name_ic = name;
|
|
134
|
4187 kp = (keyentry_T *)alloc((int)(sizeof(keyentry_T) + STRLEN(name_ic)));
|
|
|
4188 if (kp == NULL)
|
|
|
4189 return;
|
|
|
4190 STRCPY(kp->keyword, name_ic);
|
|
|
4191 kp->k_syn.id = id;
|
|
|
4192 kp->k_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4193 kp->flags = flags;
|
|
|
4194 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list = copy_id_list(cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4195 if (cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
|
4196 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
|
4197 kp->next_list = copy_id_list(next_list);
|
|
|
4198
|
|
|
4199 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
|
|
|
4200 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic;
|
|
7
|
4201 else
|
|
134
|
4202 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab;
|
|
|
4203
|
|
|
4204 hash = hash_hash(kp->keyword);
|
|
|
4205 hi = hash_lookup(ht, kp->keyword, hash);
|
|
|
4206 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
4207 {
|
|
|
4208 /* new keyword, add to hashtable */
|
|
|
4209 kp->ke_next = NULL;
|
|
|
4210 hash_add_item(ht, hi, kp->keyword, hash);
|
|
|
4211 }
|
|
|
4212 else
|
|
|
4213 {
|
|
|
4214 /* keyword already exists, prepend to list */
|
|
|
4215 kp->ke_next = HI2KE(hi);
|
|
|
4216 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp);
|
|
|
4217 }
|
|
7
|
4218 }
|
|
|
4219
|
|
|
4220 /*
|
|
|
4221 * Get the start and end of the group name argument.
|
|
|
4222 * Return a pointer to the first argument.
|
|
|
4223 * Return NULL if the end of the command was found instead of further args.
|
|
|
4224 */
|
|
|
4225 static char_u *
|
|
|
4226 get_group_name(arg, name_end)
|
|
|
4227 char_u *arg; /* start of the argument */
|
|
|
4228 char_u **name_end; /* pointer to end of the name */
|
|
|
4229 {
|
|
|
4230 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4231
|
|
|
4232 *name_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
4233 rest = skipwhite(*name_end);
|
|
|
4234
|
|
|
4235 /*
|
|
|
4236 * Check if there are enough arguments. The first argument may be a
|
|
|
4237 * pattern, where '|' is allowed, so only check for NUL.
|
|
|
4238 */
|
|
|
4239 if (ends_excmd(*arg) || *rest == NUL)
|
|
|
4240 return NULL;
|
|
|
4241 return rest;
|
|
|
4242 }
|
|
|
4243
|
|
|
4244 /*
|
|
|
4245 * Check for syntax command option arguments.
|
|
|
4246 * This can be called at any place in the list of arguments, and just picks
|
|
|
4247 * out the arguments that are known. Can be called several times in a row to
|
|
|
4248 * collect all options in between other arguments.
|
|
|
4249 * Return a pointer to the next argument (which isn't an option).
|
|
|
4250 * Return NULL for any error;
|
|
|
4251 */
|
|
|
4252 static char_u *
|
|
154
|
4253 get_syn_options(arg, opt)
|
|
|
4254 char_u *arg; /* next argument to be checked */
|
|
|
4255 syn_opt_arg_T *opt; /* various things */
|
|
|
4256 {
|
|
7
|
4257 char_u *gname_start, *gname;
|
|
|
4258 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4259 int len;
|
|
154
|
4260 char *p;
|
|
7
|
4261 int i;
|
|
|
4262 int fidx;
|
|
|
4263 static struct flag
|
|
|
4264 {
|
|
|
4265 char *name;
|
|
154
|
4266 int argtype;
|
|
|
4267 int flags;
|
|
|
4268 } flagtab[] = { {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdD", 0, HL_CONTAINED},
|
|
|
4269 {"oOnNeElLiInNeE", 0, HL_ONELINE},
|
|
|
4270 {"kKeEeEpPeEnNdD", 0, HL_KEEPEND},
|
|
|
4271 {"eExXtTeEnNdD", 0, HL_EXTEND},
|
|
|
4272 {"eExXcClLuUdDeEnNlL", 0, HL_EXCLUDENL},
|
|
|
4273 {"tTrRaAnNsSpPaArReEnNtT", 0, HL_TRANSP},
|
|
|
4274 {"sSkKiIpPnNlL", 0, HL_SKIPNL},
|
|
|
4275 {"sSkKiIpPwWhHiItTeE", 0, HL_SKIPWHITE},
|
|
|
4276 {"sSkKiIpPeEmMpPtTyY", 0, HL_SKIPEMPTY},
|
|
|
4277 {"gGrRoOuUpPhHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_HERE},
|
|
|
4278 {"gGrRoOuUpPtThHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_THERE},
|
|
|
4279 {"dDiIsSpPlLaAyY", 0, HL_DISPLAY},
|
|
|
4280 {"fFoOlLdD", 0, HL_FOLD},
|
|
|
4281 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNsS", 1, 0},
|
|
|
4282 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdDiInN", 2, 0},
|
|
|
4283 {"nNeExXtTgGrRoOuUpP", 3, 0},
|
|
7
|
4284 };
|
|
154
|
4285 static char *first_letters = "cCoOkKeEtTsSgGdDfFnN";
|
|
7
|
4286
|
|
|
4287 if (arg == NULL) /* already detected error */
|
|
|
4288 return NULL;
|
|
|
4289
|
|
|
4290 for (;;)
|
|
|
4291 {
|
|
154
|
4292 /*
|
|
|
4293 * This is used very often when a large number of keywords is defined.
|
|
|
4294 * Need to skip quickly when no option name is found.
|
|
|
4295 * Also avoid tolower(), it's slow.
|
|
|
4296 */
|
|
|
4297 if (strchr(first_letters, *arg) == NULL)
|
|
|
4298 break;
|
|
7
|
4299
|
|
|
4300 for (fidx = sizeof(flagtab) / sizeof(struct flag); --fidx >= 0; )
|
|
|
4301 {
|
|
154
|
4302 p = flagtab[fidx].name;
|
|
|
4303 for (i = 0, len = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += 2, ++len)
|
|
|
4304 if (arg[len] != p[i] && arg[len] != p[i + 1])
|
|
|
4305 break;
|
|
|
4306 if (p[i] == NUL && (vim_iswhite(arg[len])
|
|
|
4307 || (flagtab[fidx].argtype > 0
|
|
|
4308 ? arg[len] == '='
|
|
|
4309 : ends_excmd(arg[len]))))
|
|
7
|
4310 {
|
|
154
|
4311 if (opt->keyword
|
|
|
4312 && (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_DISPLAY
|
|
|
4313 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
|
|
|
4314 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_EXTEND))
|
|
7
|
4315 /* treat "display", "fold" and "extend" as a keyword */
|
|
|
4316 fidx = -1;
|
|
|
4317 break;
|
|
|
4318 }
|
|
|
4319 }
|
|
154
|
4320 if (fidx < 0) /* no match found */
|
|
|
4321 break;
|
|
|
4322
|
|
|
4323 if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 1)
|
|
|
4324 {
|
|
|
4325 if (!opt->has_cont_list)
|
|
7
|
4326 {
|
|
|
4327 EMSG(_("E395: contains argument not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4328 return NULL;
|
|
|
4329 }
|
|
154
|
4330 if (get_id_list(&arg, 8, &opt->cont_list) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4331 return NULL;
|
|
|
4332 }
|
|
154
|
4333 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 2)
|
|
|
4334 {
|
|
|
4335 #if 0 /* cannot happen */
|
|
|
4336 if (opt->cont_in_list == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4337 {
|
|
|
4338 EMSG(_("E396: containedin argument not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4339 return NULL;
|
|
|
4340 }
|
|
154
|
4341 #endif
|
|
|
4342 if (get_id_list(&arg, 11, &opt->cont_in_list) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4343 return NULL;
|
|
|
4344 }
|
|
154
|
4345 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 3)
|
|
|
4346 {
|
|
|
4347 if (get_id_list(&arg, 9, &opt->next_list) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4348 return NULL;
|
|
|
4349 }
|
|
|
4350 else
|
|
154
|
4351 {
|
|
|
4352 opt->flags |= flagtab[fidx].flags;
|
|
|
4353 arg = skipwhite(arg + len);
|
|
|
4354
|
|
|
4355 if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_HERE
|
|
|
4356 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_THERE)
|
|
|
4357 {
|
|
|
4358 if (opt->sync_idx == NULL)
|
|
|
4359 {
|
|
|
4360 EMSG(_("E393: group[t]here not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4361 return NULL;
|
|
|
4362 }
|
|
|
4363 gname_start = arg;
|
|
|
4364 arg = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
4365 if (gname_start == arg)
|
|
|
4366 return NULL;
|
|
|
4367 gname = vim_strnsave(gname_start, (int)(arg - gname_start));
|
|
|
4368 if (gname == NULL)
|
|
|
4369 return NULL;
|
|
|
4370 if (STRCMP(gname, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
4371 *opt->sync_idx = NONE_IDX;
|
|
|
4372 else
|
|
|
4373 {
|
|
|
4374 syn_id = syn_name2id(gname);
|
|
|
4375 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
4376 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syn.id == syn_id
|
|
|
4377 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
4378 {
|
|
|
4379 *opt->sync_idx = i;
|
|
|
4380 break;
|
|
|
4381 }
|
|
|
4382 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
4383 {
|
|
|
4384 EMSG2(_("E394: Didn't find region item for %s"), gname);
|
|
|
4385 vim_free(gname);
|
|
|
4386 return NULL;
|
|
|
4387 }
|
|
|
4388 }
|
|
|
4389
|
|
|
4390 vim_free(gname);
|
|
|
4391 arg = skipwhite(arg);
|
|
|
4392 }
|
|
|
4393 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4394 else if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
|
|
|
4395 && foldmethodIsSyntax(curwin))
|
|
|
4396 /* Need to update folds later. */
|
|
|
4397 foldUpdateAll(curwin);
|
|
|
4398 #endif
|
|
|
4399 }
|
|
|
4400 }
|
|
7
|
4401
|
|
|
4402 return arg;
|
|
|
4403 }
|
|
|
4404
|
|
|
4405 /*
|
|
|
4406 * Adjustments to syntax item when declared in a ":syn include"'d file.
|
|
|
4407 * Set the contained flag, and if the item is not already contained, add it
|
|
|
4408 * to the specified top-level group, if any.
|
|
|
4409 */
|
|
|
4410 static void
|
|
|
4411 syn_incl_toplevel(id, flagsp)
|
|
|
4412 int id;
|
|
|
4413 int *flagsp;
|
|
|
4414 {
|
|
|
4415 if ((*flagsp & HL_CONTAINED) || curbuf->b_syn_topgrp == 0)
|
|
|
4416 return;
|
|
|
4417 *flagsp |= HL_CONTAINED;
|
|
|
4418 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
4419 {
|
|
|
4420 /* We have to alloc this, because syn_combine_list() will free it. */
|
|
|
4421 short *grp_list = (short *)alloc((unsigned)(2 * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
4422 int tlg_id = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
4423
|
|
|
4424 if (grp_list != NULL)
|
|
|
4425 {
|
|
|
4426 grp_list[0] = id;
|
|
|
4427 grp_list[1] = 0;
|
|
|
4428 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[tlg_id].scl_list, &grp_list,
|
|
|
4429 CLUSTER_ADD);
|
|
|
4430 }
|
|
|
4431 }
|
|
|
4432 }
|
|
|
4433
|
|
|
4434 /*
|
|
|
4435 * Handle ":syntax include [@{group-name}] filename" command.
|
|
|
4436 */
|
|
|
4437 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
4438 static void
|
|
|
4439 syn_cmd_include(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4440 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4441 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
4442 {
|
|
|
4443 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4444 int sgl_id = 1;
|
|
|
4445 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4446 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4447 char_u *errormsg = NULL;
|
|
|
4448 int prev_toplvl_grp;
|
|
|
4449 int prev_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4450 int source = FALSE;
|
|
|
4451
|
|
|
4452 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
4453 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
4454 return;
|
|
|
4455
|
|
|
4456 if (arg[0] == '@')
|
|
|
4457 {
|
|
|
4458 ++arg;
|
|
|
4459 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4460 if (rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4461 {
|
|
|
4462 EMSG((char_u *)_("E397: Filename required"));
|
|
|
4463 return;
|
|
|
4464 }
|
|
|
4465 sgl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
|
|
|
4466 /* separate_nextcmd() and expand_filename() depend on this */
|
|
|
4467 eap->arg = rest;
|
|
|
4468 }
|
|
|
4469
|
|
|
4470 /*
|
|
|
4471 * Everything that's left, up to the next command, should be the
|
|
|
4472 * filename to include.
|
|
|
4473 */
|
|
|
4474 eap->argt |= (XFILE | NOSPC);
|
|
|
4475 separate_nextcmd(eap);
|
|
|
4476 if (*eap->arg == '<' || *eap->arg == '$' || mch_isFullName(eap->arg))
|
|
|
4477 {
|
|
|
4478 /* For an absolute path, "$VIM/..." or "<sfile>.." we ":source" the
|
|
|
4479 * file. Need to expand the file name first. In other cases
|
|
|
4480 * ":runtime!" is used. */
|
|
|
4481 source = TRUE;
|
|
|
4482 if (expand_filename(eap, syn_cmdlinep, &errormsg) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4483 {
|
|
|
4484 if (errormsg != NULL)
|
|
|
4485 EMSG(errormsg);
|
|
|
4486 return;
|
|
|
4487 }
|
|
|
4488 }
|
|
|
4489
|
|
|
4490 /*
|
|
|
4491 * Save and restore the existing top-level grouplist id and ":syn
|
|
|
4492 * include" tag around the actual inclusion.
|
|
|
4493 */
|
|
|
4494 prev_syn_inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4495 current_syn_inc_tag = ++running_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4496 prev_toplvl_grp = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp;
|
|
|
4497 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = sgl_id;
|
|
1299
|
4498 if (source ? do_source(eap->arg, FALSE, DOSO_NONE) == FAIL
|
|
|
4499 : source_runtime(eap->arg, TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4500 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), eap->arg);
|
|
|
4501 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = prev_toplvl_grp;
|
|
|
4502 current_syn_inc_tag = prev_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4503 }
|
|
|
4504
|
|
|
4505 /*
|
|
|
4506 * Handle ":syntax keyword {group-name} [{option}] keyword .." command.
|
|
|
4507 */
|
|
|
4508 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
4509 static void
|
|
|
4510 syn_cmd_keyword(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4511 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4512 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
4513 {
|
|
|
4514 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4515 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4516 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4517 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4518 char_u *keyword_copy;
|
|
|
4519 char_u *p;
|
|
154
|
4520 char_u *kw;
|
|
|
4521 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
|
4522 int cnt;
|
|
7
|
4523
|
|
|
4524 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4525
|
|
|
4526 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4527 {
|
|
|
4528 syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
|
|
|
4529
|
|
|
4530 /* allocate a buffer, for removing the backslashes in the keyword */
|
|
|
4531 keyword_copy = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(rest) + 1);
|
|
|
4532 if (keyword_copy != NULL)
|
|
|
4533 {
|
|
154
|
4534 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
|
4535 syn_opt_arg.keyword = TRUE;
|
|
|
4536 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
|
|
|
4537 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
4538 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4539 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4540
|
|
7
|
4541 /*
|
|
|
4542 * The options given apply to ALL keywords, so all options must be
|
|
|
4543 * found before keywords can be created.
|
|
154
|
4544 * 1: collect the options and copy the keywords to keyword_copy.
|
|
7
|
4545 */
|
|
154
|
4546 cnt = 0;
|
|
|
4547 p = keyword_copy;
|
|
|
4548 for ( ; rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest); rest = skipwhite(rest))
|
|
7
|
4549 {
|
|
154
|
4550 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
|
4551 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4552 break;
|
|
|
4553 /* Copy the keyword, removing backslashes, and add a NUL. */
|
|
|
4554 while (*rest != NUL && !vim_iswhite(*rest))
|
|
|
4555 {
|
|
|
4556 if (*rest == '\\' && rest[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
4557 ++rest;
|
|
|
4558 *p++ = *rest++;
|
|
|
4559 }
|
|
|
4560 *p++ = NUL;
|
|
|
4561 ++cnt;
|
|
|
4562 }
|
|
|
4563
|
|
|
4564 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
4565 {
|
|
|
4566 /* Adjust flags for use of ":syn include". */
|
|
|
4567 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
|
4568
|
|
7
|
4569 /*
|
|
154
|
4570 * 2: Add an entry for each keyword.
|
|
7
|
4571 */
|
|
154
|
4572 for (kw = keyword_copy; --cnt >= 0; kw += STRLEN(kw) + 1)
|
|
7
|
4573 {
|
|
154
|
4574 for (p = vim_strchr(kw, '['); ; )
|
|
7
|
4575 {
|
|
154
|
4576 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
4577 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
4578 add_keyword(kw, syn_id, syn_opt_arg.flags,
|
|
|
4579 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list,
|
|
|
4580 syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
168
|
4581 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
4582 break;
|
|
|
4583 if (p[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
4584 {
|
|
838
|
4585 EMSG2(_("E789: Missing ']': %s"), kw);
|
|
168
|
4586 kw = p + 2; /* skip over the NUL */
|
|
154
|
4587 break;
|
|
168
|
4588 }
|
|
|
4589 if (p[1] == ']')
|
|
|
4590 {
|
|
|
4591 kw = p + 1; /* skip over the "]" */
|
|
|
4592 break;
|
|
|
4593 }
|
|
154
|
4594 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4595 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
7
|
4596 {
|
|
474
|
4597 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + 1);
|
|
154
|
4598
|
|
|
4599 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, l);
|
|
|
4600 p += l;
|
|
|
4601 }
|
|
|
4602 else
|
|
7
|
4603 #endif
|
|
154
|
4604 {
|
|
|
4605 p[0] = p[1];
|
|
|
4606 ++p;
|
|
7
|
4607 }
|
|
|
4608 }
|
|
|
4609 }
|
|
|
4610 }
|
|
154
|
4611
|
|
7
|
4612 vim_free(keyword_copy);
|
|
168
|
4613 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4614 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
7
|
4615 }
|
|
|
4616 }
|
|
|
4617
|
|
|
4618 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4619 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4620 else
|
|
|
4621 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4622
|
|
745
|
4623 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
|
|
7
|
4624 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4625 }
|
|
|
4626
|
|
|
4627 /*
|
|
|
4628 * Handle ":syntax match {name} [{options}] {pattern} [{options}]".
|
|
|
4629 *
|
|
|
4630 * Also ":syntax sync match {name} [[grouphere | groupthere] {group-name}] .."
|
|
|
4631 */
|
|
|
4632 static void
|
|
|
4633 syn_cmd_match(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4634 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4635 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync match .. " */
|
|
|
4636 {
|
|
|
4637 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4638 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4639 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4640 synpat_T item; /* the item found in the line */
|
|
|
4641 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4642 int idx;
|
|
154
|
4643 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
7
|
4644 int sync_idx = 0;
|
|
|
4645
|
|
|
4646 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
|
|
|
4647 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4648
|
|
|
4649 /* Get options before the pattern */
|
|
154
|
4650 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
|
4651 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
|
|
|
4652 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = syncing ? &sync_idx : NULL;
|
|
|
4653 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
4654 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4655 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4656 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4657 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
7
|
4658
|
|
|
4659 /* get the pattern. */
|
|
|
4660 init_syn_patterns();
|
|
|
4661 vim_memset(&item, 0, sizeof(item));
|
|
|
4662 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, &item);
|
|
154
|
4663 if (vim_regcomp_had_eol() && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
|
|
|
4664 syn_opt_arg.flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
|
|
7
|
4665
|
|
|
4666 /* Get options after the pattern */
|
|
154
|
4667 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
7
|
4668
|
|
|
4669 if (rest != NULL) /* all arguments are valid */
|
|
|
4670 {
|
|
|
4671 /*
|
|
|
4672 * Check for trailing command and illegal trailing arguments.
|
|
|
4673 */
|
|
|
4674 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4675 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4676 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4677 else if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_patterns, 1) != FAIL
|
|
|
4678 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
|
|
|
4679 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
|
|
|
4680 {
|
|
154
|
4681 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
7
|
4682 /*
|
|
|
4683 * Store the pattern in the syn_items list
|
|
|
4684 */
|
|
|
4685 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4686 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = item;
|
|
|
4687 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
|
|
|
4688 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type = SPTYPE_MATCH;
|
|
|
4689 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
|
|
|
4690 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
154
|
4691 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags = syn_opt_arg.flags;
|
|
7
|
4692 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_sync_idx = sync_idx;
|
|
154
|
4693 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list = syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
|
|
|
4694 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
|
|
|
4695 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
4696 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4697 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
154
|
4698 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list = syn_opt_arg.next_list;
|
|
7
|
4699 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4700
|
|
|
4701 /* remember that we found a match for syncing on */
|
|
154
|
4702 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
|
|
7
|
4703 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_MATCH;
|
|
|
4704 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
154
|
4705 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
7
|
4706 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
4707 #endif
|
|
|
4708
|
|
745
|
4709 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
|
|
7
|
4710 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4711 return; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
|
|
|
4712 }
|
|
|
4713 }
|
|
|
4714
|
|
|
4715 /*
|
|
|
4716 * Something failed, free the allocated memory.
|
|
|
4717 */
|
|
|
4718 vim_free(item.sp_prog);
|
|
|
4719 vim_free(item.sp_pattern);
|
|
154
|
4720 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
|
|
|
4721 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4722 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
7
|
4723
|
|
|
4724 if (rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4725 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4726 }
|
|
|
4727
|
|
|
4728 /*
|
|
|
4729 * Handle ":syntax region {group-name} [matchgroup={group-name}]
|
|
|
4730 * start {start} .. [skip {skip}] end {end} .. [{options}]".
|
|
|
4731 */
|
|
|
4732 static void
|
|
|
4733 syn_cmd_region(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4734 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4735 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync region .." */
|
|
|
4736 {
|
|
|
4737 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4738 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4739 char_u *rest; /* next arg, NULL on error */
|
|
|
4740 char_u *key_end;
|
|
|
4741 char_u *key = NULL;
|
|
|
4742 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4743 int item;
|
|
|
4744 #define ITEM_START 0
|
|
|
4745 #define ITEM_SKIP 1
|
|
|
4746 #define ITEM_END 2
|
|
|
4747 #define ITEM_MATCHGROUP 3
|
|
|
4748 struct pat_ptr
|
|
|
4749 {
|
|
|
4750 synpat_T *pp_synp; /* pointer to syn_pattern */
|
|
|
4751 int pp_matchgroup_id; /* matchgroup ID */
|
|
|
4752 struct pat_ptr *pp_next; /* pointer to next pat_ptr */
|
|
|
4753 } *(pat_ptrs[3]);
|
|
|
4754 /* patterns found in the line */
|
|
|
4755 struct pat_ptr *ppp;
|
|
|
4756 struct pat_ptr *ppp_next;
|
|
|
4757 int pat_count = 0; /* nr of syn_patterns found */
|
|
|
4758 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4759 int matchgroup_id = 0;
|
|
|
4760 int not_enough = FALSE; /* not enough arguments */
|
|
|
4761 int illegal = FALSE; /* illegal arguments */
|
|
|
4762 int success = FALSE;
|
|
|
4763 int idx;
|
|
154
|
4764 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
7
|
4765
|
|
|
4766 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
|
|
|
4767 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4768
|
|
|
4769 pat_ptrs[0] = NULL;
|
|
|
4770 pat_ptrs[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4771 pat_ptrs[2] = NULL;
|
|
|
4772
|
|
|
4773 init_syn_patterns();
|
|
|
4774
|
|
154
|
4775 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
|
4776 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
|
|
|
4777 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
|
|
|
4778 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
4779 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4780 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4781 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4782
|
|
7
|
4783 /*
|
|
|
4784 * get the options, patterns and matchgroup.
|
|
|
4785 */
|
|
|
4786 while (rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4787 {
|
|
|
4788 /* Check for option arguments */
|
|
154
|
4789 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
7
|
4790 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4791 break;
|
|
|
4792
|
|
|
4793 /* must be a pattern or matchgroup then */
|
|
|
4794 key_end = rest;
|
|
|
4795 while (*key_end && !vim_iswhite(*key_end) && *key_end != '=')
|
|
|
4796 ++key_end;
|
|
|
4797 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
4798 key = vim_strnsave_up(rest, (int)(key_end - rest));
|
|
|
4799 if (key == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
4800 {
|
|
|
4801 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4802 break;
|
|
|
4803 }
|
|
|
4804 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCHGROUP") == 0)
|
|
|
4805 item = ITEM_MATCHGROUP;
|
|
|
4806 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0)
|
|
|
4807 item = ITEM_START;
|
|
|
4808 else if (STRCMP(key, "END") == 0)
|
|
|
4809 item = ITEM_END;
|
|
|
4810 else if (STRCMP(key, "SKIP") == 0)
|
|
|
4811 {
|
|
|
4812 if (pat_ptrs[ITEM_SKIP] != NULL) /* one skip pattern allowed */
|
|
|
4813 {
|
|
|
4814 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4815 break;
|
|
|
4816 }
|
|
|
4817 item = ITEM_SKIP;
|
|
|
4818 }
|
|
|
4819 else
|
|
|
4820 break;
|
|
|
4821 rest = skipwhite(key_end);
|
|
|
4822 if (*rest != '=')
|
|
|
4823 {
|
|
|
4824 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4825 EMSG2(_("E398: Missing '=': %s"), arg);
|
|
|
4826 break;
|
|
|
4827 }
|
|
|
4828 rest = skipwhite(rest + 1);
|
|
|
4829 if (*rest == NUL)
|
|
|
4830 {
|
|
|
4831 not_enough = TRUE;
|
|
|
4832 break;
|
|
|
4833 }
|
|
|
4834
|
|
|
4835 if (item == ITEM_MATCHGROUP)
|
|
|
4836 {
|
|
|
4837 p = skiptowhite(rest);
|
|
|
4838 if ((p - rest == 4 && STRNCMP(rest, "NONE", 4) == 0) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4839 matchgroup_id = 0;
|
|
|
4840 else
|
|
|
4841 {
|
|
|
4842 matchgroup_id = syn_check_group(rest, (int)(p - rest));
|
|
|
4843 if (matchgroup_id == 0)
|
|
|
4844 {
|
|
|
4845 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4846 break;
|
|
|
4847 }
|
|
|
4848 }
|
|
|
4849 rest = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
4850 }
|
|
|
4851 else
|
|
|
4852 {
|
|
|
4853 /*
|
|
|
4854 * Allocate room for a syn_pattern, and link it in the list of
|
|
|
4855 * syn_patterns for this item, at the start (because the list is
|
|
|
4856 * used from end to start).
|
|
|
4857 */
|
|
|
4858 ppp = (struct pat_ptr *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct pat_ptr));
|
|
|
4859 if (ppp == NULL)
|
|
|
4860 {
|
|
|
4861 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4862 break;
|
|
|
4863 }
|
|
|
4864 ppp->pp_next = pat_ptrs[item];
|
|
|
4865 pat_ptrs[item] = ppp;
|
|
|
4866 ppp->pp_synp = (synpat_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(synpat_T));
|
|
|
4867 if (ppp->pp_synp == NULL)
|
|
|
4868 {
|
|
|
4869 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4870 break;
|
|
|
4871 }
|
|
|
4872
|
|
|
4873 /*
|
|
|
4874 * Get the syntax pattern and the following offset(s).
|
|
|
4875 */
|
|
|
4876 /* Enable the appropriate \z specials. */
|
|
|
4877 if (item == ITEM_START)
|
|
|
4878 reg_do_extmatch = REX_SET;
|
|
|
4879 else if (item == ITEM_SKIP || item == ITEM_END)
|
|
|
4880 reg_do_extmatch = REX_USE;
|
|
|
4881 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4882 reg_do_extmatch = 0;
|
|
|
4883 if (item == ITEM_END && vim_regcomp_had_eol()
|
|
154
|
4884 && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
|
|
7
|
4885 ppp->pp_synp->sp_flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
|
|
|
4886 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id = matchgroup_id;
|
|
|
4887 ++pat_count;
|
|
|
4888 }
|
|
|
4889 }
|
|
|
4890 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
4891 if (illegal || not_enough)
|
|
|
4892 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4893
|
|
|
4894 /*
|
|
|
4895 * Must have a "start" and "end" pattern.
|
|
|
4896 */
|
|
|
4897 if (rest != NULL && (pat_ptrs[ITEM_START] == NULL ||
|
|
|
4898 pat_ptrs[ITEM_END] == NULL))
|
|
|
4899 {
|
|
|
4900 not_enough = TRUE;
|
|
|
4901 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4902 }
|
|
|
4903
|
|
|
4904 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4905 {
|
|
|
4906 /*
|
|
|
4907 * Check for trailing garbage or command.
|
|
|
4908 * If OK, add the item.
|
|
|
4909 */
|
|
|
4910 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4911 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4912 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4913 else if (ga_grow(&(curbuf->b_syn_patterns), pat_count) != FAIL
|
|
|
4914 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
|
|
|
4915 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
|
|
|
4916 {
|
|
154
|
4917 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
7
|
4918 /*
|
|
|
4919 * Store the start/skip/end in the syn_items list
|
|
|
4920 */
|
|
|
4921 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4922 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
|
|
|
4923 {
|
|
|
4924 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp->pp_next)
|
|
|
4925 {
|
|
|
4926 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = *(ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4927 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
|
|
|
4928 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type =
|
|
|
4929 (item == ITEM_START) ? SPTYPE_START :
|
|
|
4930 (item == ITEM_SKIP) ? SPTYPE_SKIP : SPTYPE_END;
|
|
154
|
4931 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags |= syn_opt_arg.flags;
|
|
7
|
4932 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
|
|
|
4933 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4934 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn_match_id =
|
|
|
4935 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id;
|
|
|
4936 if (item == ITEM_START)
|
|
|
4937 {
|
|
154
|
4938 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list =
|
|
|
4939 syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
|
|
7
|
4940 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
|
|
154
|
4941 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
4942 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4943 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
154
|
4944 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list =
|
|
|
4945 syn_opt_arg.next_list;
|
|
7
|
4946 }
|
|
|
4947 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4948 ++idx;
|
|
|
4949 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
154
|
4950 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
7
|
4951 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
4952 #endif
|
|
|
4953 }
|
|
|
4954 }
|
|
|
4955
|
|
745
|
4956 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
|
|
7
|
4957 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4958 success = TRUE; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
|
|
|
4959 }
|
|
|
4960 }
|
|
|
4961
|
|
|
4962 /*
|
|
|
4963 * Free the allocated memory.
|
|
|
4964 */
|
|
|
4965 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
|
|
|
4966 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp_next)
|
|
|
4967 {
|
|
|
4968 if (!success)
|
|
|
4969 {
|
|
|
4970 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_prog);
|
|
|
4971 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_pattern);
|
|
|
4972 }
|
|
|
4973 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4974 ppp_next = ppp->pp_next;
|
|
|
4975 vim_free(ppp);
|
|
|
4976 }
|
|
|
4977
|
|
|
4978 if (!success)
|
|
|
4979 {
|
|
154
|
4980 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
|
|
|
4981 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4982 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
7
|
4983 if (not_enough)
|
|
|
4984 EMSG2(_("E399: Not enough arguments: syntax region %s"), arg);
|
|
|
4985 else if (illegal || rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4986 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4987 }
|
|
|
4988 }
|
|
|
4989
|
|
|
4990 /*
|
|
|
4991 * A simple syntax group ID comparison function suitable for use in qsort()
|
|
|
4992 */
|
|
|
4993 static int
|
|
|
4994 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
4995 _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
4996 #endif
|
|
|
4997 syn_compare_stub(v1, v2)
|
|
|
4998 const void *v1;
|
|
|
4999 const void *v2;
|
|
|
5000 {
|
|
|
5001 const short *s1 = v1;
|
|
|
5002 const short *s2 = v2;
|
|
|
5003
|
|
|
5004 return (*s1 > *s2 ? 1 : *s1 < *s2 ? -1 : 0);
|
|
|
5005 }
|
|
|
5006
|
|
|
5007 /*
|
|
|
5008 * Combines lists of syntax clusters.
|
|
|
5009 * *clstr1 and *clstr2 must both be allocated memory; they will be consumed.
|
|
|
5010 */
|
|
|
5011 static void
|
|
|
5012 syn_combine_list(clstr1, clstr2, list_op)
|
|
|
5013 short **clstr1;
|
|
|
5014 short **clstr2;
|
|
|
5015 int list_op;
|
|
|
5016 {
|
|
|
5017 int count1 = 0;
|
|
|
5018 int count2 = 0;
|
|
|
5019 short *g1;
|
|
|
5020 short *g2;
|
|
|
5021 short *clstr = NULL;
|
|
|
5022 int count;
|
|
|
5023 int round;
|
|
|
5024
|
|
|
5025 /*
|
|
|
5026 * Handle degenerate cases.
|
|
|
5027 */
|
|
|
5028 if (*clstr2 == NULL)
|
|
|
5029 return;
|
|
|
5030 if (*clstr1 == NULL || list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
|
|
|
5031 {
|
|
|
5032 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
|
|
|
5033 vim_free(*clstr1);
|
|
|
5034 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE || list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
5035 *clstr1 = *clstr2;
|
|
|
5036 else
|
|
|
5037 vim_free(*clstr2);
|
|
|
5038 return;
|
|
|
5039 }
|
|
|
5040
|
|
|
5041 for (g1 = *clstr1; *g1; g1++)
|
|
|
5042 ++count1;
|
|
|
5043 for (g2 = *clstr2; *g2; g2++)
|
|
|
5044 ++count2;
|
|
|
5045
|
|
|
5046 /*
|
|
|
5047 * For speed purposes, sort both lists.
|
|
|
5048 */
|
|
|
5049 qsort(*clstr1, (size_t)count1, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
|
|
|
5050 qsort(*clstr2, (size_t)count2, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
|
|
|
5051
|
|
|
5052 /*
|
|
|
5053 * We proceed in two passes; in round 1, we count the elements to place
|
|
|
5054 * in the new list, and in round 2, we allocate and populate the new
|
|
|
5055 * list. For speed, we use a mergesort-like method, adding the smaller
|
|
|
5056 * of the current elements in each list to the new list.
|
|
|
5057 */
|
|
|
5058 for (round = 1; round <= 2; round++)
|
|
|
5059 {
|
|
|
5060 g1 = *clstr1;
|
|
|
5061 g2 = *clstr2;
|
|
|
5062 count = 0;
|
|
|
5063
|
|
|
5064 /*
|
|
|
5065 * First, loop through the lists until one of them is empty.
|
|
|
5066 */
|
|
|
5067 while (*g1 && *g2)
|
|
|
5068 {
|
|
|
5069 /*
|
|
|
5070 * We always want to add from the first list.
|
|
|
5071 */
|
|
|
5072 if (*g1 < *g2)
|
|
|
5073 {
|
|
|
5074 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5075 clstr[count] = *g1;
|
|
|
5076 count++;
|
|
|
5077 g1++;
|
|
|
5078 continue;
|
|
|
5079 }
|
|
|
5080 /*
|
|
|
5081 * We only want to add from the second list if we're adding the
|
|
|
5082 * lists.
|
|
|
5083 */
|
|
|
5084 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
5085 {
|
|
|
5086 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5087 clstr[count] = *g2;
|
|
|
5088 count++;
|
|
|
5089 }
|
|
|
5090 if (*g1 == *g2)
|
|
|
5091 g1++;
|
|
|
5092 g2++;
|
|
|
5093 }
|
|
|
5094
|
|
|
5095 /*
|
|
|
5096 * Now add the leftovers from whichever list didn't get finished
|
|
|
5097 * first. As before, we only want to add from the second list if
|
|
|
5098 * we're adding the lists.
|
|
|
5099 */
|
|
|
5100 for (; *g1; g1++, count++)
|
|
|
5101 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5102 clstr[count] = *g1;
|
|
|
5103 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
5104 for (; *g2; g2++, count++)
|
|
|
5105 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5106 clstr[count] = *g2;
|
|
|
5107
|
|
|
5108 if (round == 1)
|
|
|
5109 {
|
|
|
5110 /*
|
|
|
5111 * If the group ended up empty, we don't need to allocate any
|
|
|
5112 * space for it.
|
|
|
5113 */
|
|
|
5114 if (count == 0)
|
|
|
5115 {
|
|
|
5116 clstr = NULL;
|
|
|
5117 break;
|
|
|
5118 }
|
|
|
5119 clstr = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
5120 if (clstr == NULL)
|
|
|
5121 break;
|
|
|
5122 clstr[count] = 0;
|
|
|
5123 }
|
|
|
5124 }
|
|
|
5125
|
|
|
5126 /*
|
|
|
5127 * Finally, put the new list in place.
|
|
|
5128 */
|
|
|
5129 vim_free(*clstr1);
|
|
|
5130 vim_free(*clstr2);
|
|
|
5131 *clstr1 = clstr;
|
|
|
5132 }
|
|
|
5133
|
|
|
5134 /*
|
|
|
5135 * Lookup a syntax cluster name and return it's ID.
|
|
|
5136 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
|
|
|
5137 */
|
|
|
5138 static int
|
|
|
5139 syn_scl_name2id(name)
|
|
|
5140 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5141 {
|
|
|
5142 int i;
|
|
|
5143 char_u *name_u;
|
|
|
5144
|
|
|
5145 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
|
|
|
5146 name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
5147 if (name_u == NULL)
|
|
|
5148 return 0;
|
|
|
5149 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5150 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u != NULL
|
|
|
5151 && STRCMP(name_u, SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u) == 0)
|
|
|
5152 break;
|
|
|
5153 vim_free(name_u);
|
|
|
5154 return (i < 0 ? 0 : i + SYNID_CLUSTER);
|
|
|
5155 }
|
|
|
5156
|
|
|
5157 /*
|
|
|
5158 * Like syn_scl_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
|
|
|
5159 */
|
|
|
5160 static int
|
|
|
5161 syn_scl_namen2id(linep, len)
|
|
|
5162 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
5163 int len;
|
|
|
5164 {
|
|
|
5165 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5166 int id = 0;
|
|
|
5167
|
|
|
5168 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
|
|
|
5169 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
5170 {
|
|
|
5171 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
|
|
|
5172 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5173 }
|
|
|
5174 return id;
|
|
|
5175 }
|
|
|
5176
|
|
|
5177 /*
|
|
|
5178 * Find syntax cluster name in the table and return it's ID.
|
|
|
5179 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
|
|
|
5180 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
|
|
|
5181 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
5182 */
|
|
|
5183 static int
|
|
|
5184 syn_check_cluster(pp, len)
|
|
|
5185 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
5186 int len;
|
|
|
5187 {
|
|
|
5188 int id;
|
|
|
5189 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5190
|
|
|
5191 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
|
|
|
5192 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
5193 return 0;
|
|
|
5194
|
|
|
5195 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
|
|
|
5196 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
|
|
|
5197 id = syn_add_cluster(name);
|
|
|
5198 else
|
|
|
5199 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5200 return id;
|
|
|
5201 }
|
|
|
5202
|
|
|
5203 /*
|
|
|
5204 * Add new syntax cluster and return it's ID.
|
|
|
5205 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
|
|
|
5206 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
5207 */
|
|
|
5208 static int
|
|
|
5209 syn_add_cluster(name)
|
|
221
|
5210 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5211 {
|
|
|
5212 int len;
|
|
7
|
5213
|
|
|
5214 /*
|
|
|
5215 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
|
|
|
5216 */
|
|
|
5217 if (curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
|
5218 {
|
|
221
|
5219 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_itemsize = sizeof(syn_cluster_T);
|
|
7
|
5220 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
5221 }
|
|
|
5222
|
|
|
5223 /*
|
|
|
5224 * Make room for at least one other cluster entry.
|
|
|
5225 */
|
|
|
5226 if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_clusters, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5227 {
|
|
|
5228 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5229 return 0;
|
|
|
5230 }
|
|
|
5231 len = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
|
|
|
5232
|
|
221
|
5233 vim_memset(&(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len]), 0, sizeof(syn_cluster_T));
|
|
7
|
5234 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name = name;
|
|
|
5235 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
5236 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_list = NULL;
|
|
|
5237 ++curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
|
|
|
5238
|
|
221
|
5239 if (STRICMP(name, "Spell") == 0)
|
|
|
5240 curbuf->b_spell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
227
|
5241 if (STRICMP(name, "NoSpell") == 0)
|
|
|
5242 curbuf->b_nospell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
221
|
5243
|
|
7
|
5244 return len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
5245 }
|
|
|
5246
|
|
|
5247 /*
|
|
|
5248 * Handle ":syntax cluster {cluster-name} [contains={groupname},..]
|
|
|
5249 * [add={groupname},..] [remove={groupname},..]".
|
|
|
5250 */
|
|
|
5251 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
5252 static void
|
|
|
5253 syn_cmd_cluster(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
5254 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5255 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
5256 {
|
|
|
5257 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5258 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
5259 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
5260 int scl_id;
|
|
|
5261 short *clstr_list;
|
|
|
5262 int got_clstr = FALSE;
|
|
|
5263 int opt_len;
|
|
|
5264 int list_op;
|
|
|
5265
|
|
|
5266 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
5267 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
5268 return;
|
|
|
5269
|
|
|
5270 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
5271
|
|
|
5272 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
5273 {
|
|
|
5274 scl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg))
|
|
221
|
5275 - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
7
|
5276
|
|
|
5277 for (;;)
|
|
|
5278 {
|
|
|
5279 if (STRNICMP(rest, "add", 3) == 0
|
|
|
5280 && (vim_iswhite(rest[3]) || rest[3] == '='))
|
|
|
5281 {
|
|
|
5282 opt_len = 3;
|
|
|
5283 list_op = CLUSTER_ADD;
|
|
|
5284 }
|
|
|
5285 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "remove", 6) == 0
|
|
|
5286 && (vim_iswhite(rest[6]) || rest[6] == '='))
|
|
|
5287 {
|
|
|
5288 opt_len = 6;
|
|
|
5289 list_op = CLUSTER_SUBTRACT;
|
|
|
5290 }
|
|
|
5291 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "contains", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5292 && (vim_iswhite(rest[8]) || rest[8] == '='))
|
|
|
5293 {
|
|
|
5294 opt_len = 8;
|
|
|
5295 list_op = CLUSTER_REPLACE;
|
|
|
5296 }
|
|
|
5297 else
|
|
|
5298 break;
|
|
|
5299
|
|
|
5300 clstr_list = NULL;
|
|
|
5301 if (get_id_list(&rest, opt_len, &clstr_list) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5302 {
|
|
|
5303 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), rest);
|
|
|
5304 break;
|
|
|
5305 }
|
|
|
5306 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list,
|
|
|
5307 &clstr_list, list_op);
|
|
|
5308 got_clstr = TRUE;
|
|
|
5309 }
|
|
|
5310
|
|
|
5311 if (got_clstr)
|
|
|
5312 {
|
|
745
|
5313 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
|
|
7
|
5314 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
5315 }
|
|
|
5316 }
|
|
|
5317
|
|
|
5318 if (!got_clstr)
|
|
|
5319 EMSG(_("E400: No cluster specified"));
|
|
|
5320 if (rest == NULL || !ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
5321 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
5322 }
|
|
|
5323
|
|
|
5324 /*
|
|
|
5325 * On first call for current buffer: Init growing array.
|
|
|
5326 */
|
|
|
5327 static void
|
|
|
5328 init_syn_patterns()
|
|
|
5329 {
|
|
|
5330 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_itemsize = sizeof(synpat_T);
|
|
|
5331 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
5332 }
|
|
|
5333
|
|
|
5334 /*
|
|
|
5335 * Get one pattern for a ":syntax match" or ":syntax region" command.
|
|
|
5336 * Stores the pattern and program in a synpat_T.
|
|
|
5337 * Returns a pointer to the next argument, or NULL in case of an error.
|
|
|
5338 */
|
|
|
5339 static char_u *
|
|
|
5340 get_syn_pattern(arg, ci)
|
|
|
5341 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
5342 synpat_T *ci;
|
|
|
5343 {
|
|
|
5344 char_u *end;
|
|
|
5345 int *p;
|
|
|
5346 int idx;
|
|
|
5347 char_u *cpo_save;
|
|
|
5348
|
|
|
5349 /* need at least three chars */
|
|
|
5350 if (arg == NULL || arg[1] == NUL || arg[2] == NUL)
|
|
|
5351 return NULL;
|
|
|
5352
|
|
|
5353 end = skip_regexp(arg + 1, *arg, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
|
5354 if (*end != *arg) /* end delimiter not found */
|
|
|
5355 {
|
|
|
5356 EMSG2(_("E401: Pattern delimiter not found: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
5357 return NULL;
|
|
|
5358 }
|
|
|
5359 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
|
|
|
5360 if ((ci->sp_pattern = vim_strnsave(arg + 1, (int)(end - arg - 1))) == NULL)
|
|
|
5361 return NULL;
|
|
|
5362
|
|
|
5363 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
|
|
|
5364 cpo_save = p_cpo;
|
|
|
5365 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5366 ci->sp_prog = vim_regcomp(ci->sp_pattern, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5367 p_cpo = cpo_save;
|
|
|
5368
|
|
|
5369 if (ci->sp_prog == NULL)
|
|
|
5370 return NULL;
|
|
|
5371 ci->sp_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
|
|
|
5372
|
|
|
5373 /*
|
|
|
5374 * Check for a match, highlight or region offset.
|
|
|
5375 */
|
|
|
5376 ++end;
|
|
|
5377 do
|
|
|
5378 {
|
|
|
5379 for (idx = SPO_COUNT; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
5380 if (STRNCMP(end, spo_name_tab[idx], 3) == 0)
|
|
|
5381 break;
|
|
|
5382 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
5383 {
|
|
|
5384 p = &(ci->sp_offsets[idx]);
|
|
|
5385 if (idx != SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
5386 switch (end[3])
|
|
|
5387 {
|
|
|
5388 case 's': break;
|
|
|
5389 case 'b': break;
|
|
|
5390 case 'e': idx += SPO_COUNT; break;
|
|
|
5391 default: idx = -1; break;
|
|
|
5392 }
|
|
|
5393 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
5394 {
|
|
|
5395 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << idx);
|
|
|
5396 if (idx == SPO_LC_OFF) /* lc=99 */
|
|
|
5397 {
|
|
|
5398 end += 3;
|
|
|
5399 *p = getdigits(&end);
|
|
|
5400
|
|
|
5401 /* "lc=" offset automatically sets "ms=" offset */
|
|
|
5402 if (!(ci->sp_off_flags & (1 << SPO_MS_OFF)))
|
|
|
5403 {
|
|
|
5404 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << SPO_MS_OFF);
|
|
|
5405 ci->sp_offsets[SPO_MS_OFF] = *p;
|
|
|
5406 }
|
|
|
5407 }
|
|
|
5408 else /* yy=x+99 */
|
|
|
5409 {
|
|
|
5410 end += 4;
|
|
|
5411 if (*end == '+')
|
|
|
5412 {
|
|
|
5413 ++end;
|
|
|
5414 *p = getdigits(&end); /* positive offset */
|
|
|
5415 }
|
|
|
5416 else if (*end == '-')
|
|
|
5417 {
|
|
|
5418 ++end;
|
|
|
5419 *p = -getdigits(&end); /* negative offset */
|
|
|
5420 }
|
|
|
5421 }
|
|
|
5422 if (*end != ',')
|
|
|
5423 break;
|
|
|
5424 ++end;
|
|
|
5425 }
|
|
|
5426 }
|
|
|
5427 } while (idx >= 0);
|
|
|
5428
|
|
|
5429 if (!ends_excmd(*end) && !vim_iswhite(*end))
|
|
|
5430 {
|
|
|
5431 EMSG2(_("E402: Garbage after pattern: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
5432 return NULL;
|
|
|
5433 }
|
|
|
5434 return skipwhite(end);
|
|
|
5435 }
|
|
|
5436
|
|
|
5437 /*
|
|
|
5438 * Handle ":syntax sync .." command.
|
|
|
5439 */
|
|
|
5440 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
5441 static void
|
|
|
5442 syn_cmd_sync(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
5443 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5444 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
5445 {
|
|
|
5446 char_u *arg_start = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5447 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
5448 char_u *key = NULL;
|
|
|
5449 char_u *next_arg;
|
|
|
5450 int illegal = FALSE;
|
|
|
5451 int finished = FALSE;
|
|
|
5452 long n;
|
|
|
5453 char_u *cpo_save;
|
|
|
5454
|
|
|
5455 if (ends_excmd(*arg_start))
|
|
|
5456 {
|
|
|
5457 syn_cmd_list(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5458 return;
|
|
|
5459 }
|
|
|
5460
|
|
|
5461 while (!ends_excmd(*arg_start))
|
|
|
5462 {
|
|
|
5463 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg_start);
|
|
|
5464 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
5465 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
5466 key = vim_strnsave_up(arg_start, (int)(arg_end - arg_start));
|
|
|
5467 if (STRCMP(key, "CCOMMENT") == 0)
|
|
|
5468 {
|
|
|
5469 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5470 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_CCOMMENT;
|
|
|
5471 if (!ends_excmd(*next_arg))
|
|
|
5472 {
|
|
|
5473 arg_end = skiptowhite(next_arg);
|
|
|
5474 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5475 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_check_group(next_arg,
|
|
|
5476 (int)(arg_end - next_arg));
|
|
|
5477 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
5478 }
|
|
|
5479 else if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5480 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Comment");
|
|
|
5481 }
|
|
|
5482 else if ( STRNCMP(key, "LINES", 5) == 0
|
|
|
5483 || STRNCMP(key, "MINLINES", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5484 || STRNCMP(key, "MAXLINES", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5485 || STRNCMP(key, "LINEBREAKS", 10) == 0)
|
|
|
5486 {
|
|
|
5487 if (key[4] == 'S')
|
|
|
5488 arg_end = key + 6;
|
|
|
5489 else if (key[0] == 'L')
|
|
|
5490 arg_end = key + 11;
|
|
|
5491 else
|
|
|
5492 arg_end = key + 9;
|
|
|
5493 if (arg_end[-1] != '=' || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg_end))
|
|
|
5494 {
|
|
|
5495 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5496 break;
|
|
|
5497 }
|
|
|
5498 n = getdigits(&arg_end);
|
|
|
5499 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5500 {
|
|
|
5501 if (key[4] == 'B')
|
|
|
5502 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = n;
|
|
|
5503 else if (key[1] == 'A')
|
|
|
5504 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = n;
|
|
|
5505 else
|
|
|
5506 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = n;
|
|
|
5507 }
|
|
|
5508 }
|
|
|
5509 else if (STRCMP(key, "FROMSTART") == 0)
|
|
|
5510 {
|
|
|
5511 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5512 {
|
|
|
5513 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = MAXLNUM;
|
|
|
5514 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
5515 }
|
|
|
5516 }
|
|
|
5517 else if (STRCMP(key, "LINECONT") == 0)
|
|
|
5518 {
|
|
|
5519 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat != NULL)
|
|
|
5520 {
|
|
|
5521 EMSG(_("E403: syntax sync: line continuations pattern specified twice"));
|
|
|
5522 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5523 break;
|
|
|
5524 }
|
|
|
5525 arg_end = skip_regexp(next_arg + 1, *next_arg, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
|
5526 if (*arg_end != *next_arg) /* end delimiter not found */
|
|
|
5527 {
|
|
|
5528 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5529 break;
|
|
|
5530 }
|
|
|
5531
|
|
|
5532 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5533 {
|
|
|
5534 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
|
|
|
5535 if ((curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = vim_strnsave(next_arg + 1,
|
|
|
5536 (int)(arg_end - next_arg - 1))) == NULL)
|
|
|
5537 {
|
|
|
5538 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5539 break;
|
|
|
5540 }
|
|
|
5541 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
|
|
|
5542
|
|
|
5543 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
|
|
|
5544 cpo_save = p_cpo;
|
|
|
5545 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5546 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog =
|
|
|
5547 vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5548 p_cpo = cpo_save;
|
|
|
5549
|
|
|
5550 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog == NULL)
|
|
|
5551 {
|
|
|
5552 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
5553 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
5554 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5555 break;
|
|
|
5556 }
|
|
|
5557 }
|
|
|
5558 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end + 1);
|
|
|
5559 }
|
|
|
5560 else
|
|
|
5561 {
|
|
|
5562 eap->arg = next_arg;
|
|
|
5563 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCH") == 0)
|
|
|
5564 syn_cmd_match(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5565 else if (STRCMP(key, "REGION") == 0)
|
|
|
5566 syn_cmd_region(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5567 else if (STRCMP(key, "CLEAR") == 0)
|
|
|
5568 syn_cmd_clear(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5569 else
|
|
|
5570 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5571 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5572 break;
|
|
|
5573 }
|
|
|
5574 arg_start = next_arg;
|
|
|
5575 }
|
|
|
5576 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
5577 if (illegal)
|
|
|
5578 EMSG2(_("E404: Illegal arguments: %s"), arg_start);
|
|
|
5579 else if (!finished)
|
|
|
5580 {
|
|
|
5581 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg_start);
|
|
745
|
5582 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
|
|
7
|
5583 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
5584 }
|
|
|
5585 }
|
|
|
5586
|
|
|
5587 /*
|
|
|
5588 * Convert a line of highlight group names into a list of group ID numbers.
|
|
|
5589 * "arg" should point to the "contains" or "nextgroup" keyword.
|
|
|
5590 * "arg" is advanced to after the last group name.
|
|
|
5591 * Careful: the argument is modified (NULs added).
|
|
|
5592 * returns FAIL for some error, OK for success.
|
|
|
5593 */
|
|
|
5594 static int
|
|
|
5595 get_id_list(arg, keylen, list)
|
|
|
5596 char_u **arg;
|
|
|
5597 int keylen; /* length of keyword */
|
|
|
5598 short **list; /* where to store the resulting list, if not
|
|
|
5599 NULL, the list is silently skipped! */
|
|
|
5600 {
|
|
|
5601 char_u *p = NULL;
|
|
|
5602 char_u *end;
|
|
|
5603 int round;
|
|
|
5604 int count;
|
|
|
5605 int total_count = 0;
|
|
|
5606 short *retval = NULL;
|
|
|
5607 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5608 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
5609 int id;
|
|
|
5610 int i;
|
|
|
5611 int failed = FALSE;
|
|
|
5612
|
|
|
5613 /*
|
|
|
5614 * We parse the list twice:
|
|
|
5615 * round == 1: count the number of items, allocate the array.
|
|
|
5616 * round == 2: fill the array with the items.
|
|
|
5617 * In round 1 new groups may be added, causing the number of items to
|
|
|
5618 * grow when a regexp is used. In that case round 1 is done once again.
|
|
|
5619 */
|
|
|
5620 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
5621 {
|
|
|
5622 /*
|
|
|
5623 * skip "contains"
|
|
|
5624 */
|
|
|
5625 p = skipwhite(*arg + keylen);
|
|
|
5626 if (*p != '=')
|
|
|
5627 {
|
|
|
5628 EMSG2(_("E405: Missing equal sign: %s"), *arg);
|
|
|
5629 break;
|
|
|
5630 }
|
|
|
5631 p = skipwhite(p + 1);
|
|
|
5632 if (ends_excmd(*p))
|
|
|
5633 {
|
|
|
5634 EMSG2(_("E406: Empty argument: %s"), *arg);
|
|
|
5635 break;
|
|
|
5636 }
|
|
|
5637
|
|
|
5638 /*
|
|
|
5639 * parse the arguments after "contains"
|
|
|
5640 */
|
|
|
5641 count = 0;
|
|
|
5642 while (!ends_excmd(*p))
|
|
|
5643 {
|
|
|
5644 for (end = p; *end && !vim_iswhite(*end) && *end != ','; ++end)
|
|
|
5645 ;
|
|
|
5646 name = alloc((int)(end - p + 3)); /* leave room for "^$" */
|
|
|
5647 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
5648 {
|
|
|
5649 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5650 break;
|
|
|
5651 }
|
|
419
|
5652 vim_strncpy(name + 1, p, end - p);
|
|
7
|
5653 if ( STRCMP(name + 1, "ALLBUT") == 0
|
|
|
5654 || STRCMP(name + 1, "ALL") == 0
|
|
|
5655 || STRCMP(name + 1, "TOP") == 0
|
|
|
5656 || STRCMP(name + 1, "CONTAINED") == 0)
|
|
|
5657 {
|
|
|
5658 if (TOUPPER_ASC(**arg) != 'C')
|
|
|
5659 {
|
|
|
5660 EMSG2(_("E407: %s not allowed here"), name + 1);
|
|
|
5661 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5662 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5663 break;
|
|
|
5664 }
|
|
|
5665 if (count != 0)
|
|
|
5666 {
|
|
|
5667 EMSG2(_("E408: %s must be first in contains list"), name + 1);
|
|
|
5668 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5669 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5670 break;
|
|
|
5671 }
|
|
|
5672 if (name[1] == 'A')
|
|
|
5673 id = SYNID_ALLBUT;
|
|
|
5674 else if (name[1] == 'T')
|
|
|
5675 id = SYNID_TOP;
|
|
|
5676 else
|
|
|
5677 id = SYNID_CONTAINED;
|
|
|
5678 id += current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
5679 }
|
|
|
5680 else if (name[1] == '@')
|
|
|
5681 {
|
|
|
5682 id = syn_check_cluster(name + 2, (int)(end - p - 1));
|
|
|
5683 }
|
|
|
5684 else
|
|
|
5685 {
|
|
|
5686 /*
|
|
|
5687 * Handle full group name.
|
|
|
5688 */
|
|
|
5689 if (vim_strpbrk(name + 1, (char_u *)"\\.*^$~[") == NULL)
|
|
|
5690 id = syn_check_group(name + 1, (int)(end - p));
|
|
|
5691 else
|
|
|
5692 {
|
|
|
5693 /*
|
|
|
5694 * Handle match of regexp with group names.
|
|
|
5695 */
|
|
|
5696 *name = '^';
|
|
|
5697 STRCAT(name, "$");
|
|
|
5698 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(name, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5699 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
5700 {
|
|
|
5701 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5702 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5703 break;
|
|
|
5704 }
|
|
|
5705
|
|
|
5706 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE;
|
|
|
5707 id = 0;
|
|
|
5708 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5709 {
|
|
|
5710 if (vim_regexec(®match, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name,
|
|
|
5711 (colnr_T)0))
|
|
|
5712 {
|
|
|
5713 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5714 {
|
|
|
5715 /* Got more items than expected; can happen
|
|
|
5716 * when adding items that match:
|
|
|
5717 * "contains=a.*b,axb".
|
|
|
5718 * Go back to first round */
|
|
|
5719 if (count >= total_count)
|
|
|
5720 {
|
|
|
5721 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5722 round = 1;
|
|
|
5723 }
|
|
|
5724 else
|
|
|
5725 retval[count] = i + 1;
|
|
|
5726 }
|
|
|
5727 ++count;
|
|
|
5728 id = -1; /* remember that we found one */
|
|
|
5729 }
|
|
|
5730 }
|
|
|
5731 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
5732 }
|
|
|
5733 }
|
|
|
5734 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5735 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
5736 {
|
|
|
5737 EMSG2(_("E409: Unknown group name: %s"), p);
|
|
|
5738 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5739 break;
|
|
|
5740 }
|
|
|
5741 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
5742 {
|
|
|
5743 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5744 {
|
|
|
5745 /* Got more items than expected, go back to first round */
|
|
|
5746 if (count >= total_count)
|
|
|
5747 {
|
|
|
5748 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5749 round = 1;
|
|
|
5750 }
|
|
|
5751 else
|
|
|
5752 retval[count] = id;
|
|
|
5753 }
|
|
|
5754 ++count;
|
|
|
5755 }
|
|
|
5756 p = skipwhite(end);
|
|
|
5757 if (*p != ',')
|
|
|
5758 break;
|
|
|
5759 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip comma in between arguments */
|
|
|
5760 }
|
|
|
5761 if (failed)
|
|
|
5762 break;
|
|
|
5763 if (round == 1)
|
|
|
5764 {
|
|
|
5765 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
5766 if (retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5767 break;
|
|
|
5768 retval[count] = 0; /* zero means end of the list */
|
|
|
5769 total_count = count;
|
|
|
5770 }
|
|
|
5771 }
|
|
|
5772
|
|
|
5773 *arg = p;
|
|
|
5774 if (failed || retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5775 {
|
|
|
5776 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5777 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5778 }
|
|
|
5779
|
|
|
5780 if (*list == NULL)
|
|
|
5781 *list = retval;
|
|
|
5782 else
|
|
|
5783 vim_free(retval); /* list already found, don't overwrite it */
|
|
|
5784
|
|
|
5785 return OK;
|
|
|
5786 }
|
|
|
5787
|
|
|
5788 /*
|
|
|
5789 * Make a copy of an ID list.
|
|
|
5790 */
|
|
|
5791 static short *
|
|
|
5792 copy_id_list(list)
|
|
|
5793 short *list;
|
|
|
5794 {
|
|
|
5795 int len;
|
|
|
5796 int count;
|
|
|
5797 short *retval;
|
|
|
5798
|
|
|
5799 if (list == NULL)
|
|
|
5800 return NULL;
|
|
|
5801
|
|
|
5802 for (count = 0; list[count]; ++count)
|
|
|
5803 ;
|
|
|
5804 len = (count + 1) * sizeof(short);
|
|
|
5805 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)len);
|
|
|
5806 if (retval != NULL)
|
|
|
5807 mch_memmove(retval, list, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
5808
|
|
|
5809 return retval;
|
|
|
5810 }
|
|
|
5811
|
|
|
5812 /*
|
|
|
5813 * Check if syntax group "ssp" is in the ID list "list" of "cur_si".
|
|
|
5814 * "cur_si" can be NULL if not checking the "containedin" list.
|
|
|
5815 * Used to check if a syntax item is in the "contains" or "nextgroup" list of
|
|
|
5816 * the current item.
|
|
|
5817 * This function is called very often, keep it fast!!
|
|
|
5818 */
|
|
|
5819 static int
|
|
|
5820 in_id_list(cur_si, list, ssp, contained)
|
|
|
5821 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* current item or NULL */
|
|
|
5822 short *list; /* id list */
|
|
|
5823 struct sp_syn *ssp; /* group id and ":syn include" tag of group */
|
|
|
5824 int contained; /* group id is contained */
|
|
|
5825 {
|
|
|
5826 int retval;
|
|
|
5827 short *scl_list;
|
|
|
5828 short item;
|
|
|
5829 short id = ssp->id;
|
|
|
5830 static int depth = 0;
|
|
|
5831 int r;
|
|
|
5832
|
|
|
5833 /* If spp has a "containedin" list and "cur_si" is in it, return TRUE. */
|
|
36
|
5834 if (cur_si != NULL && ssp->cont_in_list != NULL
|
|
|
5835 && !(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
|
|
7
|
5836 {
|
|
|
5837 /* Ignore transparent items without a contains argument. Double check
|
|
|
5838 * that we don't go back past the first one. */
|
|
|
5839 while ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_TRANS_CONT)
|
|
|
5840 && cur_si > (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))
|
|
|
5841 --cur_si;
|
|
|
5842 /* cur_si->si_idx is -1 for keywords, these never contain anything. */
|
|
|
5843 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 && in_id_list(NULL, ssp->cont_in_list,
|
|
|
5844 &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_syn),
|
|
|
5845 SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))
|
|
|
5846 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5847 }
|
|
|
5848
|
|
|
5849 if (list == NULL)
|
|
|
5850 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5851
|
|
|
5852 /*
|
|
|
5853 * If list is ID_LIST_ALL, we are in a transparent item that isn't
|
|
|
5854 * inside anything. Only allow not-contained groups.
|
|
|
5855 */
|
|
|
5856 if (list == ID_LIST_ALL)
|
|
|
5857 return !contained;
|
|
|
5858
|
|
|
5859 /*
|
|
|
5860 * If the first item is "ALLBUT", return TRUE if "id" is NOT in the
|
|
|
5861 * contains list. We also require that "id" is at the same ":syn include"
|
|
|
5862 * level as the list.
|
|
|
5863 */
|
|
|
5864 item = *list;
|
|
|
5865 if (item >= SYNID_ALLBUT && item < SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
5866 {
|
|
|
5867 if (item < SYNID_TOP)
|
|
|
5868 {
|
|
|
5869 /* ALL or ALLBUT: accept all groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5870 if (item - SYNID_ALLBUT != ssp->inc_tag)
|
|
|
5871 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5872 }
|
|
|
5873 else if (item < SYNID_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
5874 {
|
|
|
5875 /* TOP: accept all not-contained groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5876 if (item - SYNID_TOP != ssp->inc_tag || contained)
|
|
|
5877 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5878 }
|
|
|
5879 else
|
|
|
5880 {
|
|
|
5881 /* CONTAINED: accept all contained groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5882 if (item - SYNID_CONTAINED != ssp->inc_tag || !contained)
|
|
|
5883 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5884 }
|
|
|
5885 item = *++list;
|
|
|
5886 retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5887 }
|
|
|
5888 else
|
|
|
5889 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5890
|
|
|
5891 /*
|
|
|
5892 * Return "retval" if id is in the contains list.
|
|
|
5893 */
|
|
|
5894 while (item != 0)
|
|
|
5895 {
|
|
|
5896 if (item == id)
|
|
|
5897 return retval;
|
|
|
5898 if (item >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
5899 {
|
|
|
5900 scl_list = SYN_CLSTR(syn_buf)[item - SYNID_CLUSTER].scl_list;
|
|
|
5901 /* restrict recursiveness to 30 to avoid an endless loop for a
|
|
|
5902 * cluster that includes itself (indirectly) */
|
|
|
5903 if (scl_list != NULL && depth < 30)
|
|
|
5904 {
|
|
|
5905 ++depth;
|
|
|
5906 r = in_id_list(NULL, scl_list, ssp, contained);
|
|
|
5907 --depth;
|
|
|
5908 if (r)
|
|
|
5909 return retval;
|
|
|
5910 }
|
|
|
5911 }
|
|
|
5912 item = *++list;
|
|
|
5913 }
|
|
|
5914 return !retval;
|
|
|
5915 }
|
|
|
5916
|
|
|
5917 struct subcommand
|
|
|
5918 {
|
|
|
5919 char *name; /* subcommand name */
|
|
|
5920 void (*func)__ARGS((exarg_T *, int)); /* function to call */
|
|
|
5921 };
|
|
|
5922
|
|
|
5923 static struct subcommand subcommands[] =
|
|
|
5924 {
|
|
|
5925 {"case", syn_cmd_case},
|
|
|
5926 {"clear", syn_cmd_clear},
|
|
|
5927 {"cluster", syn_cmd_cluster},
|
|
|
5928 {"enable", syn_cmd_enable},
|
|
|
5929 {"include", syn_cmd_include},
|
|
|
5930 {"keyword", syn_cmd_keyword},
|
|
|
5931 {"list", syn_cmd_list},
|
|
|
5932 {"manual", syn_cmd_manual},
|
|
|
5933 {"match", syn_cmd_match},
|
|
|
5934 {"on", syn_cmd_on},
|
|
|
5935 {"off", syn_cmd_off},
|
|
|
5936 {"region", syn_cmd_region},
|
|
|
5937 {"reset", syn_cmd_reset},
|
|
419
|
5938 {"spell", syn_cmd_spell},
|
|
7
|
5939 {"sync", syn_cmd_sync},
|
|
|
5940 {"", syn_cmd_list},
|
|
|
5941 {NULL, NULL}
|
|
|
5942 };
|
|
|
5943
|
|
|
5944 /*
|
|
|
5945 * ":syntax".
|
|
|
5946 * This searches the subcommands[] table for the subcommand name, and calls a
|
|
|
5947 * syntax_subcommand() function to do the rest.
|
|
|
5948 */
|
|
|
5949 void
|
|
|
5950 ex_syntax(eap)
|
|
|
5951 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5952 {
|
|
|
5953 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5954 char_u *subcmd_end;
|
|
|
5955 char_u *subcmd_name;
|
|
|
5956 int i;
|
|
|
5957
|
|
|
5958 syn_cmdlinep = eap->cmdlinep;
|
|
|
5959
|
|
|
5960 /* isolate subcommand name */
|
|
|
5961 for (subcmd_end = arg; ASCII_ISALPHA(*subcmd_end); ++subcmd_end)
|
|
|
5962 ;
|
|
|
5963 subcmd_name = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(subcmd_end - arg));
|
|
|
5964 if (subcmd_name != NULL)
|
|
|
5965 {
|
|
|
5966 if (eap->skip) /* skip error messages for all subcommands */
|
|
|
5967 ++emsg_skip;
|
|
|
5968 for (i = 0; ; ++i)
|
|
|
5969 {
|
|
|
5970 if (subcommands[i].name == NULL)
|
|
|
5971 {
|
|
|
5972 EMSG2(_("E410: Invalid :syntax subcommand: %s"), subcmd_name);
|
|
|
5973 break;
|
|
|
5974 }
|
|
|
5975 if (STRCMP(subcmd_name, (char_u *)subcommands[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
5976 {
|
|
|
5977 eap->arg = skipwhite(subcmd_end);
|
|
|
5978 (subcommands[i].func)(eap, FALSE);
|
|
|
5979 break;
|
|
|
5980 }
|
|
|
5981 }
|
|
|
5982 vim_free(subcmd_name);
|
|
|
5983 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
5984 --emsg_skip;
|
|
|
5985 }
|
|
|
5986 }
|
|
|
5987
|
|
|
5988 int
|
|
|
5989 syntax_present(buf)
|
|
|
5990 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
5991 {
|
|
|
5992 return (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len != 0
|
|
|
5993 || buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len != 0
|
|
1379
|
5994 || buf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
|
|
|
5995 || buf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
|
|
7
|
5996 }
|
|
|
5997
|
|
|
5998 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5999
|
|
|
6000 static enum
|
|
|
6001 {
|
|
|
6002 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand ":syn" sub-commands */
|
|
|
6003 EXP_CASE /* expand ":syn case" arguments */
|
|
|
6004 } expand_what;
|
|
|
6005
|
|
1322
|
6006 /*
|
|
|
6007 * Reset include_link, include_default, include_none to 0.
|
|
|
6008 * Called when we are done expanding.
|
|
|
6009 */
|
|
|
6010 void
|
|
|
6011 reset_expand_highlight()
|
|
|
6012 {
|
|
|
6013 include_link = include_default = include_none = 0;
|
|
|
6014 }
|
|
|
6015
|
|
|
6016 /*
|
|
|
6017 * Handle command line completion for :match and :echohl command: Add "None"
|
|
|
6018 * as highlight group.
|
|
|
6019 */
|
|
|
6020 void
|
|
|
6021 set_context_in_echohl_cmd(xp, arg)
|
|
|
6022 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
6023 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
6024 {
|
|
|
6025 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
|
|
|
6026 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
|
6027 include_none = 1;
|
|
|
6028 }
|
|
7
|
6029
|
|
|
6030 /*
|
|
|
6031 * Handle command line completion for :syntax command.
|
|
|
6032 */
|
|
|
6033 void
|
|
|
6034 set_context_in_syntax_cmd(xp, arg)
|
|
|
6035 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
6036 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
6037 {
|
|
|
6038 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6039
|
|
|
6040 /* Default: expand subcommands */
|
|
|
6041 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SYNTAX;
|
|
|
6042 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD;
|
|
|
6043 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
1322
|
6044 include_link = 0;
|
|
|
6045 include_default = 0;
|
|
7
|
6046
|
|
|
6047 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
|
|
|
6048 if (*arg != NUL)
|
|
|
6049 {
|
|
|
6050 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
6051 if (*p != NUL) /* past first word */
|
|
|
6052 {
|
|
|
6053 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
6054 if (*skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern) != NUL)
|
|
|
6055 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
6056 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "case", p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
6057 expand_what = EXP_CASE;
|
|
|
6058 else if ( STRNICMP(arg, "keyword", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
6059 || STRNICMP(arg, "region", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
6060 || STRNICMP(arg, "match", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
6061 || STRNICMP(arg, "list", p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
6062 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
|
|
|
6063 else
|
|
|
6064 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
6065 }
|
|
|
6066 }
|
|
|
6067 }
|
|
|
6068
|
|
|
6069 static char *(case_args[]) = {"match", "ignore", NULL};
|
|
|
6070
|
|
|
6071 /*
|
|
|
6072 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list syntax names for
|
|
|
6073 * expansion.
|
|
|
6074 */
|
|
|
6075 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
6076 char_u *
|
|
|
6077 get_syntax_name(xp, idx)
|
|
|
6078 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
6079 int idx;
|
|
|
6080 {
|
|
|
6081 if (expand_what == EXP_SUBCMD)
|
|
|
6082 return (char_u *)subcommands[idx].name;
|
|
|
6083 return (char_u *)case_args[idx];
|
|
|
6084 }
|
|
|
6085
|
|
|
6086 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
|
|
|
6087
|
|
|
6088 /*
|
|
|
6089 * Function called for expression evaluation: get syntax ID at file position.
|
|
|
6090 */
|
|
|
6091 int
|
|
1504
|
6092 syn_get_id(wp, lnum, col, trans, spellp, keep_state)
|
|
499
|
6093 win_T *wp;
|
|
7
|
6094 long lnum;
|
|
253
|
6095 colnr_T col;
|
|
1504
|
6096 int trans; /* remove transparancy */
|
|
|
6097 int *spellp; /* return: can do spell checking */
|
|
|
6098 int keep_state; /* keep state of char at "col" */
|
|
7
|
6099 {
|
|
|
6100 /* When the position is not after the current position and in the same
|
|
|
6101 * line of the same buffer, need to restart parsing. */
|
|
499
|
6102 if (wp->w_buffer != syn_buf
|
|
7
|
6103 || lnum != current_lnum
|
|
253
|
6104 || col < current_col)
|
|
499
|
6105 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
|
|
7
|
6106
|
|
1504
|
6107 (void)get_syntax_attr(col, spellp, keep_state);
|
|
7
|
6108
|
|
|
6109 return (trans ? current_trans_id : current_id);
|
|
|
6110 }
|
|
|
6111
|
|
1500
|
6112 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6113 /*
|
|
|
6114 * Return the syntax ID at position "i" in the current stack.
|
|
|
6115 * The caller must have called syn_get_id() before to fill the stack.
|
|
|
6116 * Returns -1 when "i" is out of range.
|
|
|
6117 */
|
|
|
6118 int
|
|
|
6119 syn_get_stack_item(i)
|
|
|
6120 int i;
|
|
|
6121 {
|
|
1504
|
6122 if (i >= current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
6123 {
|
|
|
6124 /* Need to invalidate the state, because we didn't properly finish it
|
|
|
6125 * for the last character, "keep_state" was TRUE. */
|
|
|
6126 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
6127 current_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
1500
|
6128 return -1;
|
|
1504
|
6129 }
|
|
1500
|
6130 return CUR_STATE(i).si_id;
|
|
|
6131 }
|
|
|
6132 #endif
|
|
|
6133
|
|
7
|
6134 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6135 /*
|
|
|
6136 * Function called to get folding level for line "lnum" in window "wp".
|
|
|
6137 */
|
|
|
6138 int
|
|
|
6139 syn_get_foldlevel(wp, lnum)
|
|
|
6140 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
6141 long lnum;
|
|
|
6142 {
|
|
|
6143 int level = 0;
|
|
|
6144 int i;
|
|
|
6145
|
|
|
6146 /* Return quickly when there are no fold items at all. */
|
|
|
6147 if (wp->w_buffer->b_syn_folditems != 0)
|
|
|
6148 {
|
|
|
6149 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
6150
|
|
|
6151 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
6152 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
|
6153 ++level;
|
|
|
6154 }
|
|
|
6155 if (level > wp->w_p_fdn)
|
|
1028
|
6156 {
|
|
7
|
6157 level = wp->w_p_fdn;
|
|
1028
|
6158 if (level < 0)
|
|
|
6159 level = 0;
|
|
|
6160 }
|
|
7
|
6161 return level;
|
|
|
6162 }
|
|
|
6163 #endif
|
|
|
6164
|
|
|
6165 #endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */
|
|
|
6166
|
|
|
6167
|
|
|
6168 /**************************************
|
|
|
6169 * Highlighting stuff *
|
|
|
6170 **************************************/
|
|
|
6171
|
|
|
6172 /*
|
|
|
6173 * The default highlight groups. These are compiled-in for fast startup and
|
|
|
6174 * they still work when the runtime files can't be found.
|
|
|
6175 * When making changes here, also change runtime/colors/default.vim!
|
|
806
|
6176 * The #ifdefs are needed to reduce the amount of static data. Helps to make
|
|
|
6177 * the 16 bit DOS (museum) version compile.
|
|
7
|
6178 */
|
|
809
|
6179 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6180 # define CENT(a, b) b
|
|
|
6181 #else
|
|
|
6182 # define CENT(a, b) a
|
|
|
6183 #endif
|
|
7
|
6184 static char *(highlight_init_both[]) =
|
|
|
6185 {
|
|
809
|
6186 CENT("ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White",
|
|
|
6187 "ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White guibg=Red guifg=White"),
|
|
1161
|
6188 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
|
|
809
|
6189 CENT("IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse",
|
|
|
6190 "IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
|
|
1161
|
6191 #endif
|
|
809
|
6192 CENT("ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold",
|
|
|
6193 "ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold"),
|
|
|
6194 CENT("NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue",
|
|
|
6195 "NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue gui=bold guifg=Blue"),
|
|
|
6196 CENT("StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold",
|
|
|
6197 "StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold gui=reverse,bold"),
|
|
|
6198 CENT("StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse",
|
|
|
6199 "StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
|
|
806
|
6200 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
|
809
|
6201 CENT("VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse",
|
|
|
6202 "VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
|
|
806
|
6203 #endif
|
|
|
6204 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
|
|
809
|
6205 CENT("VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold",
|
|
|
6206 "VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold gui=underline,bold"),
|
|
806
|
6207 #endif
|
|
|
6208 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
809
|
6209 CENT("DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red",
|
|
|
6210 "DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red gui=bold guibg=Red"),
|
|
806
|
6211 #endif
|
|
|
6212 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
809
|
6213 CENT("PmenuThumb cterm=reverse",
|
|
|
6214 "PmenuThumb cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
|
|
|
6215 CENT("PmenuSbar ctermbg=Grey",
|
|
|
6216 "PmenuSbar ctermbg=Grey guibg=Grey"),
|
|
806
|
6217 #endif
|
|
|
6218 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
809
|
6219 CENT("TabLineSel term=bold cterm=bold",
|
|
|
6220 "TabLineSel term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold"),
|
|
|
6221 CENT("TabLineFill term=reverse cterm=reverse",
|
|
|
6222 "TabLineFill term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
|
|
806
|
6223 #endif
|
|
7
|
6224 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6225 "Cursor guibg=fg guifg=bg",
|
|
809
|
6226 "lCursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", /* should be different, but what? */
|
|
7
|
6227 #endif
|
|
|
6228 NULL
|
|
|
6229 };
|
|
|
6230
|
|
|
6231 static char *(highlight_init_light[]) =
|
|
|
6232 {
|
|
809
|
6233 CENT("Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6234 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue"),
|
|
|
6235 CENT("LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown",
|
|
|
6236 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown guifg=Brown"),
|
|
|
6237 CENT("MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen",
|
|
|
6238 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
|
|
|
6239 CENT("Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen",
|
|
|
6240 "Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
|
|
|
6241 CENT("Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE",
|
|
|
6242 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE guibg=Yellow guifg=NONE"),
|
|
806
|
6243 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
809
|
6244 CENT("SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed",
|
|
|
6245 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed guisp=Red gui=undercurl"),
|
|
|
6246 CENT("SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue",
|
|
|
6247 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl"),
|
|
|
6248 CENT("SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta",
|
|
|
6249 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl"),
|
|
|
6250 CENT("SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6251 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=DarkCyan gui=undercurl"),
|
|
806
|
6252 #endif
|
|
|
6253 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
809
|
6254 CENT("Pmenu ctermbg=LightMagenta",
|
|
|
6255 "Pmenu ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta"),
|
|
|
6256 CENT("PmenuSel ctermbg=LightGrey",
|
|
|
6257 "PmenuSel ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=Grey"),
|
|
806
|
6258 #endif
|
|
809
|
6259 CENT("SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6260 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue"),
|
|
|
6261 CENT("Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta",
|
|
|
6262 "Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta"),
|
|
|
6263 CENT("WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed",
|
|
|
6264 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed guifg=Red"),
|
|
806
|
6265 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
|
|
809
|
6266 CENT("WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
|
|
|
6267 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
|
|
806
|
6268 #endif
|
|
|
6269 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
809
|
6270 CENT("Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6271 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=LightGrey guifg=DarkBlue"),
|
|
|
6272 CENT("FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6273 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue"),
|
|
806
|
6274 #endif
|
|
|
6275 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
809
|
6276 CENT("SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6277 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue"),
|
|
806
|
6278 #endif
|
|
|
6279 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
836
|
6280 CENT("Visual term=reverse",
|
|
|
6281 "Visual term=reverse guibg=LightGrey"),
|
|
806
|
6282 #endif
|
|
|
6283 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
809
|
6284 CENT("DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue",
|
|
|
6285 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue guibg=LightBlue"),
|
|
|
6286 CENT("DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta",
|
|
|
6287 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta"),
|
|
|
6288 CENT("DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan",
|
|
|
6289 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=LightCyan"),
|
|
806
|
6290 #endif
|
|
|
6291 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
809
|
6292 CENT("TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=black ctermbg=LightGrey",
|
|
|
6293 "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=black ctermbg=LightGrey gui=underline guibg=LightGrey"),
|
|
806
|
6294 #endif
|
|
|
6295 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
809
|
6296 CENT("CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey",
|
|
818
|
6297 "CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=Grey90"),
|
|
809
|
6298 CENT("CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline",
|
|
818
|
6299 "CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline guibg=Grey90"),
|
|
806
|
6300 #endif
|
|
834
|
6301 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
6302 CENT("MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6303 "MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=Cyan guibg=Cyan"),
|
|
|
6304 #endif
|
|
806
|
6305 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
7
|
6306 "Normal gui=NONE",
|
|
806
|
6307 #endif
|
|
7
|
6308 NULL
|
|
|
6309 };
|
|
|
6310
|
|
|
6311 static char *(highlight_init_dark[]) =
|
|
|
6312 {
|
|
809
|
6313 CENT("Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan",
|
|
|
6314 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan guifg=Cyan"),
|
|
|
6315 CENT("LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow",
|
|
|
6316 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow guifg=Yellow"),
|
|
|
6317 CENT("MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen",
|
|
|
6318 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
|
|
|
6319 CENT("Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen",
|
|
|
6320 "Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=Green"),
|
|
|
6321 CENT("Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
|
|
|
6322 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
|
|
|
6323 CENT("SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue",
|
|
|
6324 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue guifg=Cyan"),
|
|
806
|
6325 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
809
|
6326 CENT("SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red",
|
|
|
6327 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red guisp=Red gui=undercurl"),
|
|
|
6328 CENT("SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue",
|
|
|
6329 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl"),
|
|
|
6330 CENT("SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta",
|
|
|
6331 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl"),
|
|
|
6332 CENT("SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6333 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=Cyan gui=undercurl"),
|
|
806
|
6334 #endif
|
|
|
6335 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
809
|
6336 CENT("Pmenu ctermbg=Magenta",
|
|
|
6337 "Pmenu ctermbg=Magenta guibg=Magenta"),
|
|
|
6338 CENT("PmenuSel ctermbg=DarkGrey",
|
|
|
6339 "PmenuSel ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=DarkGrey"),
|
|
806
|
6340 #endif
|
|
809
|
6341 CENT("Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta",
|
|
|
6342 "Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta"),
|
|
|
6343 CENT("WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed",
|
|
|
6344 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed guifg=Red"),
|
|
806
|
6345 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
|
|
809
|
6346 CENT("WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
|
|
|
6347 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
|
|
806
|
6348 #endif
|
|
|
6349 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
809
|
6350 CENT("Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6351 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=DarkGrey guifg=Cyan"),
|
|
|
6352 CENT("FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6353 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan"),
|
|
806
|
6354 #endif
|
|
|
6355 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
809
|
6356 CENT("SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6357 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan"),
|
|
806
|
6358 #endif
|
|
|
6359 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
836
|
6360 CENT("Visual term=reverse",
|
|
|
6361 "Visual term=reverse guibg=DarkGrey"),
|
|
806
|
6362 #endif
|
|
|
6363 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
809
|
6364 CENT("DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6365 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue guibg=DarkBlue"),
|
|
|
6366 CENT("DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta",
|
|
|
6367 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta guibg=DarkMagenta"),
|
|
|
6368 CENT("DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan",
|
|
|
6369 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=DarkCyan"),
|
|
806
|
6370 #endif
|
|
|
6371 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
809
|
6372 CENT("TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=white ctermbg=DarkGrey",
|
|
|
6373 "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=white ctermbg=DarkGrey gui=underline guibg=DarkGrey"),
|
|
806
|
6374 #endif
|
|
|
6375 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
809
|
6376 CENT("CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey",
|
|
834
|
6377 "CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=Grey40"),
|
|
809
|
6378 CENT("CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline",
|
|
834
|
6379 "CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline guibg=Grey40"),
|
|
|
6380 #endif
|
|
|
6381 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
6382 CENT("MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=DarkCyan",
|
|
|
6383 "MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=DarkCyan guibg=DarkCyan"),
|
|
806
|
6384 #endif
|
|
|
6385 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
7
|
6386 "Normal gui=NONE",
|
|
806
|
6387 #endif
|
|
7
|
6388 NULL
|
|
|
6389 };
|
|
|
6390
|
|
|
6391 void
|
|
|
6392 init_highlight(both, reset)
|
|
|
6393 int both; /* include groups where 'bg' doesn't matter */
|
|
|
6394 int reset; /* clear group first */
|
|
|
6395 {
|
|
|
6396 int i;
|
|
|
6397 char **pp;
|
|
|
6398 static int had_both = FALSE;
|
|
|
6399 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6400 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6401
|
|
|
6402 /*
|
|
|
6403 * Try finding the color scheme file. Used when a color file was loaded
|
|
|
6404 * and 'background' or 't_Co' is changed.
|
|
|
6405 */
|
|
|
6406 p = get_var_value((char_u *)"g:colors_name");
|
|
|
6407 if (p != NULL && load_colors(p) == OK)
|
|
|
6408 return;
|
|
|
6409 #endif
|
|
|
6410
|
|
|
6411 /*
|
|
|
6412 * Didn't use a color file, use the compiled-in colors.
|
|
|
6413 */
|
|
|
6414 if (both)
|
|
|
6415 {
|
|
|
6416 had_both = TRUE;
|
|
|
6417 pp = highlight_init_both;
|
|
|
6418 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
|
|
|
6419 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
|
|
|
6420 }
|
|
|
6421 else if (!had_both)
|
|
|
6422 /* Don't do anything before the call with both == TRUE from main().
|
|
|
6423 * Not everything has been setup then, and that call will overrule
|
|
|
6424 * everything anyway. */
|
|
|
6425 return;
|
|
|
6426
|
|
|
6427 if (*p_bg == 'l')
|
|
|
6428 pp = highlight_init_light;
|
|
|
6429 else
|
|
|
6430 pp = highlight_init_dark;
|
|
|
6431 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
|
|
|
6432 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
|
|
|
6433
|
|
836
|
6434 /* Reverse looks ugly, but grey may not work for 8 colors. Thus let it
|
|
844
|
6435 * depend on the number of colors available.
|
|
|
6436 * With 8 colors brown is equal to yellow, need to use black for Search fg
|
|
|
6437 * to avoid Statement highlighted text disappears. */
|
|
527
|
6438 if (t_colors > 8)
|
|
|
6439 do_highlight((char_u *)(*p_bg == 'l' ? "Visual ctermbg=LightGrey"
|
|
838
|
6440 : "Visual ctermbg=DarkGrey"), FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
836
|
6441 else
|
|
844
|
6442 {
|
|
838
|
6443 do_highlight((char_u *)"Visual cterm=reverse", FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
844
|
6444 if (*p_bg == 'l')
|
|
|
6445 do_highlight((char_u *)"Search ctermfg=black", FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
6446 }
|
|
527
|
6447
|
|
7
|
6448 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
6449 /*
|
|
|
6450 * If syntax highlighting is enabled load the highlighting for it.
|
|
|
6451 */
|
|
|
6452 if (get_var_value((char_u *)"g:syntax_on") != NULL)
|
|
24
|
6453 {
|
|
|
6454 static int recursive = 0;
|
|
|
6455
|
|
|
6456 if (recursive >= 5)
|
|
|
6457 EMSG(_("E679: recursive loop loading syncolor.vim"));
|
|
|
6458 else
|
|
|
6459 {
|
|
|
6460 ++recursive;
|
|
480
|
6461 (void)source_runtime((char_u *)"syntax/syncolor.vim", TRUE);
|
|
24
|
6462 --recursive;
|
|
|
6463 }
|
|
|
6464 }
|
|
7
|
6465 #endif
|
|
|
6466 }
|
|
|
6467
|
|
|
6468 /*
|
|
12
|
6469 * Load color file "name".
|
|
7
|
6470 * Return OK for success, FAIL for failure.
|
|
|
6471 */
|
|
|
6472 int
|
|
12
|
6473 load_colors(name)
|
|
|
6474 char_u *name;
|
|
7
|
6475 {
|
|
|
6476 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
6477 int retval = FAIL;
|
|
|
6478 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
6479
|
|
|
6480 /* When being called recursively, this is probably because setting
|
|
|
6481 * 'background' caused the highlighting to be reloaded. This means it is
|
|
|
6482 * working, thus we should return OK. */
|
|
|
6483 if (recursive)
|
|
|
6484 return OK;
|
|
|
6485
|
|
|
6486 recursive = TRUE;
|
|
12
|
6487 buf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 12));
|
|
7
|
6488 if (buf != NULL)
|
|
|
6489 {
|
|
12
|
6490 sprintf((char *)buf, "colors/%s.vim", name);
|
|
480
|
6491 retval = source_runtime(buf, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
6492 vim_free(buf);
|
|
12
|
6493 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
6494 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COLORSCHEME, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
6495 #endif
|
|
7
|
6496 }
|
|
|
6497 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
6498
|
|
|
6499 return retval;
|
|
|
6500 }
|
|
|
6501
|
|
|
6502 /*
|
|
|
6503 * Handle the ":highlight .." command.
|
|
|
6504 * When using ":hi clear" this is called recursively for each group with
|
|
|
6505 * "forceit" and "init" both TRUE.
|
|
|
6506 */
|
|
|
6507 void
|
|
|
6508 do_highlight(line, forceit, init)
|
|
|
6509 char_u *line;
|
|
|
6510 int forceit;
|
|
|
6511 int init; /* TRUE when called for initializing */
|
|
|
6512 {
|
|
|
6513 char_u *name_end;
|
|
|
6514 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6515 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
6516 char_u *key_start;
|
|
|
6517 char_u *arg_start;
|
|
|
6518 char_u *key = NULL, *arg = NULL;
|
|
|
6519 long i;
|
|
|
6520 int off;
|
|
|
6521 int len;
|
|
|
6522 int attr;
|
|
|
6523 int id;
|
|
|
6524 int idx;
|
|
|
6525 int dodefault = FALSE;
|
|
|
6526 int doclear = FALSE;
|
|
|
6527 int dolink = FALSE;
|
|
|
6528 int error = FALSE;
|
|
|
6529 int color;
|
|
|
6530 int is_normal_group = FALSE; /* "Normal" group */
|
|
|
6531 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6532 int is_menu_group = FALSE; /* "Menu" group */
|
|
|
6533 int is_scrollbar_group = FALSE; /* "Scrollbar" group */
|
|
|
6534 int is_tooltip_group = FALSE; /* "Tooltip" group */
|
|
|
6535 int do_colors = FALSE; /* need to update colors? */
|
|
|
6536 #else
|
|
|
6537 # define is_menu_group 0
|
|
|
6538 # define is_tooltip_group 0
|
|
|
6539 #endif
|
|
|
6540
|
|
|
6541 /*
|
|
|
6542 * If no argument, list current highlighting.
|
|
|
6543 */
|
|
|
6544 if (ends_excmd(*line))
|
|
|
6545 {
|
|
|
6546 for (i = 1; i <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++i)
|
|
|
6547 /* TODO: only call when the group has attributes set */
|
|
|
6548 highlight_list_one((int)i);
|
|
|
6549 return;
|
|
|
6550 }
|
|
|
6551
|
|
|
6552 /*
|
|
|
6553 * Isolate the name.
|
|
|
6554 */
|
|
|
6555 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6556 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6557
|
|
|
6558 /*
|
|
|
6559 * Check for "default" argument.
|
|
|
6560 */
|
|
|
6561 if (STRNCMP(line, "default", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6562 {
|
|
|
6563 dodefault = TRUE;
|
|
|
6564 line = linep;
|
|
|
6565 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6566 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6567 }
|
|
|
6568
|
|
|
6569 /*
|
|
|
6570 * Check for "clear" or "link" argument.
|
|
|
6571 */
|
|
|
6572 if (STRNCMP(line, "clear", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6573 doclear = TRUE;
|
|
|
6574 if (STRNCMP(line, "link", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6575 dolink = TRUE;
|
|
|
6576
|
|
|
6577 /*
|
|
|
6578 * ":highlight {group-name}": list highlighting for one group.
|
|
|
6579 */
|
|
|
6580 if (!doclear && !dolink && ends_excmd(*linep))
|
|
|
6581 {
|
|
|
6582 id = syn_namen2id(line, (int)(name_end - line));
|
|
|
6583 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
6584 EMSG2(_("E411: highlight group not found: %s"), line);
|
|
|
6585 else
|
|
|
6586 highlight_list_one(id);
|
|
|
6587 return;
|
|
|
6588 }
|
|
|
6589
|
|
|
6590 /*
|
|
|
6591 * Handle ":highlight link {from} {to}" command.
|
|
|
6592 */
|
|
|
6593 if (dolink)
|
|
|
6594 {
|
|
|
6595 char_u *from_start = linep;
|
|
|
6596 char_u *from_end;
|
|
|
6597 char_u *to_start;
|
|
|
6598 char_u *to_end;
|
|
|
6599 int from_id;
|
|
|
6600 int to_id;
|
|
|
6601
|
|
|
6602 from_end = skiptowhite(from_start);
|
|
|
6603 to_start = skipwhite(from_end);
|
|
|
6604 to_end = skiptowhite(to_start);
|
|
|
6605
|
|
|
6606 if (ends_excmd(*from_start) || ends_excmd(*to_start))
|
|
|
6607 {
|
|
|
6608 EMSG2(_("E412: Not enough arguments: \":highlight link %s\""),
|
|
|
6609 from_start);
|
|
|
6610 return;
|
|
|
6611 }
|
|
|
6612
|
|
|
6613 if (!ends_excmd(*skipwhite(to_end)))
|
|
|
6614 {
|
|
|
6615 EMSG2(_("E413: Too many arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), from_start);
|
|
|
6616 return;
|
|
|
6617 }
|
|
|
6618
|
|
|
6619 from_id = syn_check_group(from_start, (int)(from_end - from_start));
|
|
|
6620 if (STRNCMP(to_start, "NONE", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
6621 to_id = 0;
|
|
|
6622 else
|
|
|
6623 to_id = syn_check_group(to_start, (int)(to_end - to_start));
|
|
|
6624
|
|
|
6625 if (from_id > 0 && (!init || HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set == 0))
|
|
|
6626 {
|
|
|
6627 /*
|
|
|
6628 * Don't allow a link when there already is some highlighting
|
|
|
6629 * for the group, unless '!' is used
|
|
|
6630 */
|
|
|
6631 if (to_id > 0 && !forceit && !init
|
|
|
6632 && hl_has_settings(from_id - 1, dodefault))
|
|
|
6633 {
|
|
|
6634 if (sourcing_name == NULL && !dodefault)
|
|
|
6635 EMSG(_("E414: group has settings, highlight link ignored"));
|
|
|
6636 }
|
|
|
6637 else
|
|
|
6638 {
|
|
|
6639 if (!init)
|
|
|
6640 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set |= SG_LINK;
|
|
|
6641 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_link = to_id;
|
|
448
|
6642 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6643 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_scriptID = current_SID;
|
|
|
6644 #endif
|
|
745
|
6645 redraw_all_later(SOME_VALID);
|
|
7
|
6646 }
|
|
|
6647 }
|
|
|
6648
|
|
|
6649 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
|
|
|
6650 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
6651
|
|
|
6652 return;
|
|
|
6653 }
|
|
|
6654
|
|
|
6655 if (doclear)
|
|
|
6656 {
|
|
|
6657 /*
|
|
|
6658 * ":highlight clear [group]" command.
|
|
|
6659 */
|
|
|
6660 line = linep;
|
|
|
6661 if (ends_excmd(*line))
|
|
|
6662 {
|
|
|
6663 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6664 /* First, we do not destroy the old values, but allocate the new
|
|
|
6665 * ones and update the display. THEN we destroy the old values.
|
|
|
6666 * If we destroy the old values first, then the old values
|
|
|
6667 * (such as GuiFont's or GuiFontset's) will still be displayed but
|
|
|
6668 * invalid because they were free'd.
|
|
|
6669 */
|
|
|
6670 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6671 {
|
|
|
6672 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
6673 gui_init_tooltip_font();
|
|
|
6674 # endif
|
|
|
6675 # if defined(FEAT_MENU) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF))
|
|
|
6676 gui_init_menu_font();
|
|
|
6677 # endif
|
|
|
6678 }
|
|
|
6679 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_X11)
|
|
|
6680 gui_mch_def_colors();
|
|
|
6681 # endif
|
|
|
6682 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6683 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
6684
|
|
|
6685 /* This only needs to be done when there is no Menu highlight
|
|
|
6686 * group defined by default, which IS currently the case.
|
|
|
6687 */
|
|
|
6688 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
6689 # endif
|
|
|
6690 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6691 {
|
|
|
6692 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
6693 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
6694 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
6695 # endif
|
|
|
6696 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
6697 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
6698 # endif
|
|
|
6699 }
|
|
|
6700 # endif
|
|
|
6701
|
|
|
6702 /* Ok, we're done allocating the new default graphics items.
|
|
|
6703 * The screen should already be refreshed at this point.
|
|
|
6704 * It is now Ok to clear out the old data.
|
|
|
6705 */
|
|
|
6706 #endif
|
|
|
6707 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
148
|
6708 do_unlet((char_u *)"colors_name", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
6709 #endif
|
|
|
6710 restore_cterm_colors();
|
|
|
6711
|
|
|
6712 /*
|
|
|
6713 * Clear all default highlight groups and load the defaults.
|
|
|
6714 */
|
|
|
6715 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
6716 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6717 init_highlight(TRUE, TRUE);
|
|
|
6718 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6719 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6720 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
6721 #endif
|
|
|
6722 highlight_changed();
|
|
|
6723 redraw_later_clear();
|
|
|
6724 return;
|
|
|
6725 }
|
|
|
6726 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6727 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6728 }
|
|
|
6729
|
|
|
6730 /*
|
|
|
6731 * Find the group name in the table. If it does not exist yet, add it.
|
|
|
6732 */
|
|
|
6733 id = syn_check_group(line, (int)(name_end - line));
|
|
|
6734 if (id == 0) /* failed (out of memory) */
|
|
|
6735 return;
|
|
|
6736 idx = id - 1; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
6737
|
|
|
6738 /* Return if "default" was used and the group already has settings. */
|
|
|
6739 if (dodefault && hl_has_settings(idx, TRUE))
|
|
|
6740 return;
|
|
|
6741
|
|
|
6742 if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
|
|
|
6743 is_normal_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6744 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6745 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "MENU") == 0)
|
|
|
6746 is_menu_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6747 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "SCROLLBAR") == 0)
|
|
|
6748 is_scrollbar_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6749 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "TOOLTIP") == 0)
|
|
|
6750 is_tooltip_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6751 #endif
|
|
|
6752
|
|
|
6753 /* Clear the highlighting for ":hi clear {group}" and ":hi clear". */
|
|
|
6754 if (doclear || (forceit && init))
|
|
|
6755 {
|
|
|
6756 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6757 if (!doclear)
|
|
|
6758 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set = 0;
|
|
|
6759 }
|
|
|
6760
|
|
|
6761 if (!doclear)
|
|
|
6762 while (!ends_excmd(*linep))
|
|
|
6763 {
|
|
|
6764 key_start = linep;
|
|
|
6765 if (*linep == '=')
|
|
|
6766 {
|
|
|
6767 EMSG2(_("E415: unexpected equal sign: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6768 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6769 break;
|
|
|
6770 }
|
|
|
6771
|
|
|
6772 /*
|
|
|
6773 * Isolate the key ("term", "ctermfg", "ctermbg", "font", "guifg" or
|
|
|
6774 * "guibg").
|
|
|
6775 */
|
|
|
6776 while (*linep && !vim_iswhite(*linep) && *linep != '=')
|
|
|
6777 ++linep;
|
|
|
6778 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
6779 key = vim_strnsave_up(key_start, (int)(linep - key_start));
|
|
|
6780 if (key == NULL)
|
|
|
6781 {
|
|
|
6782 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6783 break;
|
|
|
6784 }
|
|
|
6785 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
6786
|
|
|
6787 if (STRCMP(key, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
6788 {
|
|
|
6789 if (!init || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set == 0)
|
|
|
6790 {
|
|
|
6791 if (!init)
|
|
|
6792 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM+SG_CTERM+SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6793 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6794 }
|
|
|
6795 continue;
|
|
|
6796 }
|
|
|
6797
|
|
|
6798 /*
|
|
|
6799 * Check for the equal sign.
|
|
|
6800 */
|
|
|
6801 if (*linep != '=')
|
|
|
6802 {
|
|
|
6803 EMSG2(_("E416: missing equal sign: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6804 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6805 break;
|
|
|
6806 }
|
|
|
6807 ++linep;
|
|
|
6808
|
|
|
6809 /*
|
|
|
6810 * Isolate the argument.
|
|
|
6811 */
|
|
|
6812 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
6813 if (*linep == '\'') /* guifg='color name' */
|
|
|
6814 {
|
|
|
6815 arg_start = ++linep;
|
|
|
6816 linep = vim_strchr(linep, '\'');
|
|
|
6817 if (linep == NULL)
|
|
|
6818 {
|
|
|
6819 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), key_start);
|
|
|
6820 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6821 break;
|
|
|
6822 }
|
|
|
6823 }
|
|
|
6824 else
|
|
|
6825 {
|
|
|
6826 arg_start = linep;
|
|
|
6827 linep = skiptowhite(linep);
|
|
|
6828 }
|
|
|
6829 if (linep == arg_start)
|
|
|
6830 {
|
|
|
6831 EMSG2(_("E417: missing argument: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6832 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6833 break;
|
|
|
6834 }
|
|
|
6835 vim_free(arg);
|
|
|
6836 arg = vim_strnsave(arg_start, (int)(linep - arg_start));
|
|
|
6837 if (arg == NULL)
|
|
|
6838 {
|
|
|
6839 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6840 break;
|
|
|
6841 }
|
|
|
6842 if (*linep == '\'')
|
|
|
6843 ++linep;
|
|
|
6844
|
|
|
6845 /*
|
|
|
6846 * Store the argument.
|
|
|
6847 */
|
|
|
6848 if ( STRCMP(key, "TERM") == 0
|
|
|
6849 || STRCMP(key, "CTERM") == 0
|
|
|
6850 || STRCMP(key, "GUI") == 0)
|
|
|
6851 {
|
|
|
6852 attr = 0;
|
|
|
6853 off = 0;
|
|
|
6854 while (arg[off] != NUL)
|
|
|
6855 {
|
|
|
6856 for (i = sizeof(hl_attr_table) / sizeof(int); --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
6857 {
|
|
|
6858 len = (int)STRLEN(hl_name_table[i]);
|
|
|
6859 if (STRNICMP(arg + off, hl_name_table[i], len) == 0)
|
|
|
6860 {
|
|
|
6861 attr |= hl_attr_table[i];
|
|
|
6862 off += len;
|
|
|
6863 break;
|
|
|
6864 }
|
|
|
6865 }
|
|
|
6866 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
6867 {
|
|
|
6868 EMSG2(_("E418: Illegal value: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
6869 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6870 break;
|
|
|
6871 }
|
|
|
6872 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
|
|
|
6873 ++off;
|
|
|
6874 }
|
|
|
6875 if (error)
|
|
|
6876 break;
|
|
|
6877 if (*key == 'T')
|
|
|
6878 {
|
|
|
6879 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_TERM))
|
|
|
6880 {
|
|
|
6881 if (!init)
|
|
|
6882 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
|
|
|
6883 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = attr;
|
|
|
6884 }
|
|
|
6885 }
|
|
|
6886 else if (*key == 'C')
|
|
|
6887 {
|
|
|
6888 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
|
|
|
6889 {
|
|
|
6890 if (!init)
|
|
|
6891 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
|
|
|
6892 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = attr;
|
|
|
6893 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
6894 }
|
|
|
6895 }
|
|
|
6896 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6897 else
|
|
|
6898 {
|
|
|
6899 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
|
6900 {
|
|
|
6901 if (!init)
|
|
|
6902 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6903 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = attr;
|
|
|
6904 }
|
|
|
6905 }
|
|
|
6906 #endif
|
|
|
6907 }
|
|
|
6908 else if (STRCMP(key, "FONT") == 0)
|
|
|
6909 {
|
|
|
6910 /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
|
|
|
6911 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6912 if (!gui.shell_created)
|
|
|
6913 {
|
|
|
6914 /* GUI not started yet, always accept the name. */
|
|
|
6915 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6916 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6917 }
|
|
|
6918 else
|
|
|
6919 {
|
|
|
6920 GuiFont temp_sg_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
|
|
|
6921 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6922 GuiFontset temp_sg_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
6923 # endif
|
|
|
6924 /* First, save the current font/fontset.
|
|
|
6925 * Then try to allocate the font/fontset.
|
|
|
6926 * If the allocation fails, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font OR
|
|
|
6927 * sg_fontset will be set to NOFONT or NOFONTSET respectively.
|
|
|
6928 */
|
|
|
6929
|
|
|
6930 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
6931 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6932 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
6933 # endif
|
|
|
6934 hl_do_font(idx, arg, is_normal_group, is_menu_group,
|
|
|
6935 is_tooltip_group);
|
|
|
6936
|
|
|
6937 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6938 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
6939 {
|
|
|
6940 /* New fontset was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
|
|
|
6941 * one.
|
|
|
6942 */
|
|
|
6943 gui_mch_free_fontset(temp_sg_fontset);
|
|
|
6944 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6945 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6946 }
|
|
|
6947 else
|
|
|
6948 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = temp_sg_fontset;
|
|
|
6949 # endif
|
|
|
6950 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
6951 {
|
|
|
6952 /* New font was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
|
|
|
6953 * one.
|
|
|
6954 */
|
|
|
6955 gui_mch_free_font(temp_sg_font);
|
|
|
6956 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6957 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6958 }
|
|
|
6959 else
|
|
|
6960 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = temp_sg_font;
|
|
|
6961 }
|
|
|
6962 #endif
|
|
|
6963 }
|
|
|
6964 else if (STRCMP(key, "CTERMFG") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "CTERMBG") == 0)
|
|
|
6965 {
|
|
|
6966 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
|
|
|
6967 {
|
|
|
6968 if (!init)
|
|
|
6969 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
|
|
|
6970
|
|
|
6971 /* When setting the foreground color, and previously the "bold"
|
|
|
6972 * flag was set for a light color, reset it now */
|
|
|
6973 if (key[5] == 'F' && HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold)
|
|
|
6974 {
|
|
|
6975 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
6976 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
6977 }
|
|
|
6978
|
|
|
6979 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg))
|
|
|
6980 color = atoi((char *)arg);
|
|
|
6981 else if (STRICMP(arg, "fg") == 0)
|
|
|
6982 {
|
|
|
6983 if (cterm_normal_fg_color)
|
|
|
6984 color = cterm_normal_fg_color - 1;
|
|
|
6985 else
|
|
|
6986 {
|
|
|
6987 EMSG(_("E419: FG color unknown"));
|
|
|
6988 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6989 break;
|
|
|
6990 }
|
|
|
6991 }
|
|
|
6992 else if (STRICMP(arg, "bg") == 0)
|
|
|
6993 {
|
|
|
6994 if (cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)
|
|
|
6995 color = cterm_normal_bg_color - 1;
|
|
|
6996 else
|
|
|
6997 {
|
|
|
6998 EMSG(_("E420: BG color unknown"));
|
|
|
6999 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
7000 break;
|
|
|
7001 }
|
|
|
7002 }
|
|
|
7003 else
|
|
|
7004 {
|
|
|
7005 static char *(color_names[28]) = {
|
|
|
7006 "Black", "DarkBlue", "DarkGreen", "DarkCyan",
|
|
|
7007 "DarkRed", "DarkMagenta", "Brown", "DarkYellow",
|
|
|
7008 "Gray", "Grey",
|
|
|
7009 "LightGray", "LightGrey", "DarkGray", "DarkGrey",
|
|
|
7010 "Blue", "LightBlue", "Green", "LightGreen",
|
|
|
7011 "Cyan", "LightCyan", "Red", "LightRed", "Magenta",
|
|
|
7012 "LightMagenta", "Yellow", "LightYellow", "White", "NONE"};
|
|
|
7013 static int color_numbers_16[28] = {0, 1, 2, 3,
|
|
|
7014 4, 5, 6, 6,
|
|
|
7015 7, 7,
|
|
|
7016 7, 7, 8, 8,
|
|
|
7017 9, 9, 10, 10,
|
|
|
7018 11, 11, 12, 12, 13,
|
|
|
7019 13, 14, 14, 15, -1};
|
|
|
7020 /* for xterm with 88 colors... */
|
|
|
7021 static int color_numbers_88[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
7022 1, 5, 32, 72,
|
|
|
7023 84, 84,
|
|
|
7024 7, 7, 82, 82,
|
|
|
7025 12, 43, 10, 61,
|
|
|
7026 14, 63, 9, 74, 13,
|
|
|
7027 75, 11, 78, 15, -1};
|
|
|
7028 /* for xterm with 256 colors... */
|
|
|
7029 static int color_numbers_256[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
7030 1, 5, 130, 130,
|
|
|
7031 248, 248,
|
|
|
7032 7, 7, 242, 242,
|
|
|
7033 12, 81, 10, 121,
|
|
|
7034 14, 159, 9, 224, 13,
|
|
|
7035 225, 11, 229, 15, -1};
|
|
|
7036 /* for terminals with less than 16 colors... */
|
|
|
7037 static int color_numbers_8[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
7038 1, 5, 3, 3,
|
|
|
7039 7, 7,
|
|
|
7040 7, 7, 0+8, 0+8,
|
|
|
7041 4+8, 4+8, 2+8, 2+8,
|
|
|
7042 6+8, 6+8, 1+8, 1+8, 5+8,
|
|
|
7043 5+8, 3+8, 3+8, 7+8, -1};
|
|
|
7044 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
|
|
|
7045 static int *color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_8;
|
|
|
7046 /* On qnx, the 8 & 16 color arrays are the same */
|
|
|
7047 if (STRNCMP(T_NAME, "qansi", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
7048 color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_16;
|
|
|
7049 #endif
|
|
|
7050
|
|
|
7051 /* reduce calls to STRICMP a bit, it can be slow */
|
|
|
7052 off = TOUPPER_ASC(*arg);
|
|
|
7053 for (i = (sizeof(color_names) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
7054 if (off == color_names[i][0]
|
|
|
7055 && STRICMP(arg + 1, color_names[i] + 1) == 0)
|
|
|
7056 break;
|
|
|
7057 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
7058 {
|
|
|
7059 EMSG2(_("E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
7060 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
7061 break;
|
|
|
7062 }
|
|
|
7063
|
|
|
7064 /* Use the _16 table to check if its a valid color name. */
|
|
|
7065 color = color_numbers_16[i];
|
|
|
7066 if (color >= 0)
|
|
|
7067 {
|
|
|
7068 if (t_colors == 8)
|
|
|
7069 {
|
|
|
7070 /* t_Co is 8: use the 8 colors table */
|
|
|
7071 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
|
|
|
7072 color = color_numbers_8_qansi[i];
|
|
|
7073 #else
|
|
|
7074 color = color_numbers_8[i];
|
|
|
7075 #endif
|
|
|
7076 if (key[5] == 'F')
|
|
|
7077 {
|
|
|
7078 /* set/reset bold attribute to get light foreground
|
|
|
7079 * colors (on some terminals, e.g. "linux") */
|
|
|
7080 if (color & 8)
|
|
|
7081 {
|
|
|
7082 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm |= HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
7083 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = TRUE;
|
|
|
7084 }
|
|
|
7085 else
|
|
|
7086 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
7087 }
|
|
|
7088 color &= 7; /* truncate to 8 colors */
|
|
|
7089 }
|
|
|
7090 else if (t_colors == 16 || t_colors == 88
|
|
|
7091 || t_colors == 256)
|
|
|
7092 {
|
|
|
7093 /*
|
|
|
7094 * Guess: if the termcap entry ends in 'm', it is
|
|
|
7095 * probably an xterm-like terminal. Use the changed
|
|
|
7096 * order for colors.
|
|
|
7097 */
|
|
|
7098 if (*T_CAF != NUL)
|
|
|
7099 p = T_CAF;
|
|
|
7100 else
|
|
|
7101 p = T_CSF;
|
|
|
7102 if (*p != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == 'm')
|
|
|
7103 switch (t_colors)
|
|
|
7104 {
|
|
|
7105 case 16:
|
|
|
7106 color = color_numbers_8[i];
|
|
|
7107 break;
|
|
|
7108 case 88:
|
|
|
7109 color = color_numbers_88[i];
|
|
|
7110 break;
|
|
|
7111 case 256:
|
|
|
7112 color = color_numbers_256[i];
|
|
|
7113 break;
|
|
|
7114 }
|
|
|
7115 }
|
|
|
7116 }
|
|
|
7117 }
|
|
|
7118 /* Add one to the argument, to avoid zero */
|
|
|
7119 if (key[5] == 'F')
|
|
|
7120 {
|
|
|
7121 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = color + 1;
|
|
|
7122 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
7123 {
|
|
|
7124 cterm_normal_fg_color = color + 1;
|
|
|
7125 cterm_normal_fg_bold = (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm & HL_BOLD);
|
|
|
7126 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7127 /* Don't do this if the GUI is used. */
|
|
|
7128 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
|
|
|
7129 #endif
|
|
|
7130 {
|
|
|
7131 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7132 if (termcap_active)
|
|
|
7133 term_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
7134 }
|
|
|
7135 }
|
|
|
7136 }
|
|
|
7137 else
|
|
|
7138 {
|
|
|
7139 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = color + 1;
|
|
|
7140 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
7141 {
|
|
|
7142 cterm_normal_bg_color = color + 1;
|
|
|
7143 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7144 /* Don't mess with 'background' if the GUI is used. */
|
|
|
7145 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
|
|
|
7146 #endif
|
|
|
7147 {
|
|
|
7148 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7149 if (termcap_active)
|
|
|
7150 term_bg_color(color);
|
|
|
7151 if (t_colors < 16)
|
|
|
7152 i = (color == 0 || color == 4);
|
|
|
7153 else
|
|
|
7154 i = (color < 7 || color == 8);
|
|
|
7155 /* Set the 'background' option if the value is wrong. */
|
|
|
7156 if (i != (*p_bg == 'd'))
|
|
|
7157 set_option_value((char_u *)"bg", 0L,
|
|
|
7158 i ? (char_u *)"dark" : (char_u *)"light", 0);
|
|
|
7159 }
|
|
|
7160 }
|
|
|
7161 }
|
|
|
7162 }
|
|
|
7163 }
|
|
|
7164 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIFG") == 0)
|
|
|
7165 {
|
|
|
7166 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guifg colors are simply ignored */
|
|
205
|
7167 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
7
|
7168 {
|
|
205
|
7169 if (!init)
|
|
|
7170 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
7171
|
|
|
7172 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
7173 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7174 {
|
|
|
7175 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = i;
|
|
|
7176 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
7177 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE"))
|
|
|
7178 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
7179 else
|
|
|
7180 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7181 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
205
|
7182 if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
7183 gui.menu_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
7184 if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
7185 gui.scroll_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
7186 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
205
|
7187 if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
7188 gui.tooltip_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
7189 # endif
|
|
205
|
7190 do_colors = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
7191 # endif
|
|
205
|
7192 }
|
|
7
|
7193 }
|
|
|
7194 #endif
|
|
|
7195 }
|
|
|
7196 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIBG") == 0)
|
|
|
7197 {
|
|
|
7198 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guibg colors are simply ignored */
|
|
205
|
7199 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
7
|
7200 {
|
|
205
|
7201 if (!init)
|
|
|
7202 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
7203
|
|
|
7204 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
7205 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7206 {
|
|
|
7207 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = i;
|
|
|
7208 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
7209 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
|
|
|
7210 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
7211 else
|
|
|
7212 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7213 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
205
|
7214 if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
7215 gui.menu_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
7216 if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
7217 gui.scroll_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
7218 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
205
|
7219 if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
7220 gui.tooltip_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
7221 # endif
|
|
205
|
7222 do_colors = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
7223 # endif
|
|
205
|
7224 }
|
|
7
|
7225 }
|
|
205
|
7226 #endif
|
|
|
7227 }
|
|
|
7228 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUISP") == 0)
|
|
|
7229 {
|
|
|
7230 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guisp colors are simply ignored */
|
|
|
7231 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
|
7232 {
|
|
|
7233 if (!init)
|
|
|
7234 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
7235
|
|
|
7236 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
7237 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7238 {
|
|
|
7239 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = i;
|
|
|
7240 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
|
7241 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
|
|
|
7242 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
7243 else
|
|
|
7244 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
|
|
|
7245 }
|
|
|
7246 }
|
|
7
|
7247 #endif
|
|
|
7248 }
|
|
|
7249 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "STOP") == 0)
|
|
|
7250 {
|
|
|
7251 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
7252 char_u *tname;
|
|
|
7253
|
|
|
7254 if (!init)
|
|
|
7255 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
|
|
|
7256
|
|
|
7257 /*
|
|
|
7258 * The "start" and "stop" arguments can be a literal escape
|
|
1222
|
7259 * sequence, or a comma separated list of terminal codes.
|
|
7
|
7260 */
|
|
|
7261 if (STRNCMP(arg, "t_", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
7262 {
|
|
|
7263 off = 0;
|
|
|
7264 buf[0] = 0;
|
|
|
7265 while (arg[off] != NUL)
|
|
|
7266 {
|
|
|
7267 /* Isolate one termcap name */
|
|
|
7268 for (len = 0; arg[off + len] &&
|
|
|
7269 arg[off + len] != ','; ++len)
|
|
|
7270 ;
|
|
|
7271 tname = vim_strnsave(arg + off, len);
|
|
|
7272 if (tname == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
7273 {
|
|
|
7274 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
7275 break;
|
|
|
7276 }
|
|
|
7277 /* lookup the escape sequence for the item */
|
|
|
7278 p = get_term_code(tname);
|
|
|
7279 vim_free(tname);
|
|
|
7280 if (p == NULL) /* ignore non-existing things */
|
|
|
7281 p = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
7282
|
|
|
7283 /* Append it to the already found stuff */
|
|
|
7284 if ((int)(STRLEN(buf) + STRLEN(p)) >= 99)
|
|
|
7285 {
|
|
|
7286 EMSG2(_("E422: terminal code too long: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
7287 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
7288 break;
|
|
|
7289 }
|
|
|
7290 STRCAT(buf, p);
|
|
|
7291
|
|
|
7292 /* Advance to the next item */
|
|
|
7293 off += len;
|
|
|
7294 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
|
|
|
7295 ++off;
|
|
|
7296 }
|
|
|
7297 }
|
|
|
7298 else
|
|
|
7299 {
|
|
|
7300 /*
|
|
|
7301 * Copy characters from arg[] to buf[], translating <> codes.
|
|
|
7302 */
|
|
|
7303 for (p = arg, off = 0; off < 100 && *p; )
|
|
|
7304 {
|
|
|
7305 len = trans_special(&p, buf + off, FALSE);
|
|
|
7306 if (len) /* recognized special char */
|
|
|
7307 off += len;
|
|
|
7308 else /* copy as normal char */
|
|
|
7309 buf[off++] = *p++;
|
|
|
7310 }
|
|
|
7311 buf[off] = NUL;
|
|
|
7312 }
|
|
|
7313 if (error)
|
|
|
7314 break;
|
|
|
7315
|
|
|
7316 if (STRCMP(buf, "NONE") == 0) /* resetting the value */
|
|
|
7317 p = NULL;
|
|
|
7318 else
|
|
|
7319 p = vim_strsave(buf);
|
|
|
7320 if (key[2] == 'A')
|
|
|
7321 {
|
|
|
7322 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
|
|
|
7323 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = p;
|
|
|
7324 }
|
|
|
7325 else
|
|
|
7326 {
|
|
|
7327 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
|
|
|
7328 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = p;
|
|
|
7329 }
|
|
|
7330 }
|
|
|
7331 else
|
|
|
7332 {
|
|
|
7333 EMSG2(_("E423: Illegal argument: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
7334 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
7335 break;
|
|
|
7336 }
|
|
|
7337
|
|
|
7338 /*
|
|
|
7339 * When highlighting has been given for a group, don't link it.
|
|
|
7340 */
|
|
|
7341 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK))
|
|
|
7342 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link = 0;
|
|
|
7343
|
|
|
7344 /*
|
|
|
7345 * Continue with next argument.
|
|
|
7346 */
|
|
|
7347 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
7348 }
|
|
|
7349
|
|
|
7350 /*
|
|
|
7351 * If there is an error, and it's a new entry, remove it from the table.
|
|
|
7352 */
|
|
|
7353 if (error && idx == highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
7354 syn_unadd_group();
|
|
|
7355 else
|
|
|
7356 {
|
|
|
7357 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
7358 {
|
|
|
7359 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7360 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7361 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7362 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7363 /*
|
|
|
7364 * Need to update all groups, because they might be using "bg"
|
|
|
7365 * and/or "fg", which have been changed now.
|
|
|
7366 */
|
|
|
7367 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7368 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
7369 #endif
|
|
|
7370 }
|
|
|
7371 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
7372 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
7373 else if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
7374 {
|
|
|
7375 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
7376 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
7377 }
|
|
|
7378 # endif
|
|
|
7379 else if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
7380 {
|
|
|
7381 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
7382 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
7383 }
|
|
|
7384 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7385 else if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
7386 {
|
|
|
7387 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
7388 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
7389 }
|
|
|
7390 # endif
|
|
|
7391 #endif
|
|
|
7392 else
|
|
|
7393 set_hl_attr(idx);
|
|
448
|
7394 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7395 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = current_SID;
|
|
|
7396 #endif
|
|
819
|
7397 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
7
|
7398 }
|
|
|
7399 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
7400 vim_free(arg);
|
|
|
7401
|
|
|
7402 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
|
|
|
7403 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
7404 }
|
|
|
7405
|
|
356
|
7406 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7407 void
|
|
|
7408 free_highlight()
|
|
|
7409 {
|
|
|
7410 int i;
|
|
|
7411
|
|
|
7412 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
359
|
7413 {
|
|
356
|
7414 highlight_clear(i);
|
|
359
|
7415 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name);
|
|
|
7416 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u);
|
|
|
7417 }
|
|
356
|
7418 ga_clear(&highlight_ga);
|
|
|
7419 }
|
|
|
7420 #endif
|
|
|
7421
|
|
7
|
7422 /*
|
|
|
7423 * Reset the cterm colors to what they were before Vim was started, if
|
|
|
7424 * possible. Otherwise reset them to zero.
|
|
|
7425 */
|
|
|
7426 void
|
|
|
7427 restore_cterm_colors()
|
|
|
7428 {
|
|
|
7429 #if defined(MSDOS) || (defined(WIN3264) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_W32))
|
|
|
7430 /* Since t_me has been set, this probably means that the user
|
|
|
7431 * wants to use this as default colors. Need to reset default
|
|
|
7432 * background/foreground colors. */
|
|
|
7433 mch_set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
7434 #else
|
|
|
7435 cterm_normal_fg_color = 0;
|
|
|
7436 cterm_normal_fg_bold = 0;
|
|
|
7437 cterm_normal_bg_color = 0;
|
|
|
7438 #endif
|
|
|
7439 }
|
|
|
7440
|
|
|
7441 /*
|
|
|
7442 * Return TRUE if highlight group "idx" has any settings.
|
|
|
7443 * When "check_link" is TRUE also check for an existing link.
|
|
|
7444 */
|
|
|
7445 static int
|
|
|
7446 hl_has_settings(idx, check_link)
|
|
|
7447 int idx;
|
|
|
7448 int check_link;
|
|
|
7449 {
|
|
|
7450 return ( HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr != 0
|
|
|
7451 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr != 0
|
|
|
7452 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7453 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr != 0
|
|
|
7454 #endif
|
|
|
7455 || (check_link && (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK)));
|
|
|
7456 }
|
|
|
7457
|
|
|
7458 /*
|
|
|
7459 * Clear highlighting for one group.
|
|
|
7460 */
|
|
|
7461 static void
|
|
|
7462 highlight_clear(idx)
|
|
|
7463 int idx;
|
|
|
7464 {
|
|
|
7465 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = 0;
|
|
|
7466 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
|
|
|
7467 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = NULL;
|
|
|
7468 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
|
|
|
7469 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = NULL;
|
|
|
7470 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7471 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = 0;
|
|
|
7472 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
7473 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = 0;
|
|
|
7474 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = 0;
|
|
|
7475 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7476 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
|
|
|
7477 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = 0;
|
|
|
7478 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7479 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
7480 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
|
|
|
7481 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7482 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
7483 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
|
|
205
|
7484 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7485 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
|
7486 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7487 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
|
|
|
7488 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
7489 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7490 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
|
|
|
7491 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
7492 # endif
|
|
|
7493 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
7494 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = NULL;
|
|
|
7495 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7496 #endif
|
|
448
|
7497 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7498 /* Clear the script ID only when there is no link, since that is not
|
|
|
7499 * cleared. */
|
|
|
7500 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link == 0)
|
|
|
7501 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = 0;
|
|
|
7502 #endif
|
|
7
|
7503 }
|
|
|
7504
|
|
|
7505 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7506 /*
|
|
|
7507 * Set the normal foreground and background colors according to the "Normal"
|
|
|
7508 * highlighighting group. For X11 also set "Menu", "Scrollbar", and
|
|
|
7509 * "Tooltip" colors.
|
|
|
7510 */
|
|
|
7511 void
|
|
|
7512 set_normal_colors()
|
|
|
7513 {
|
|
|
7514 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Normal",
|
|
205
|
7515 &gui.norm_pixel, &gui.back_pixel,
|
|
|
7516 FALSE, TRUE, FALSE))
|
|
7
|
7517 {
|
|
|
7518 gui_mch_new_colors();
|
|
|
7519 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7520 }
|
|
|
7521 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
7522 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Menu",
|
|
205
|
7523 &gui.menu_fg_pixel, &gui.menu_bg_pixel,
|
|
|
7524 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE))
|
|
7
|
7525 {
|
|
|
7526 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
7527 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
7528 # endif
|
|
|
7529 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7530 }
|
|
|
7531 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7532 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Tooltip",
|
|
|
7533 &gui.tooltip_fg_pixel, &gui.tooltip_bg_pixel,
|
|
|
7534 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
|
|
|
7535 {
|
|
|
7536 # ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
|
|
|
7537 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
7538 # endif
|
|
|
7539 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7540 }
|
|
|
7541 #endif
|
|
|
7542 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Scrollbar",
|
|
205
|
7543 &gui.scroll_fg_pixel, &gui.scroll_bg_pixel,
|
|
|
7544 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE))
|
|
7
|
7545 {
|
|
|
7546 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
7547 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7548 }
|
|
|
7549 #endif
|
|
|
7550 }
|
|
|
7551
|
|
|
7552 /*
|
|
|
7553 * Set the colors for "Normal", "Menu", "Tooltip" or "Scrollbar".
|
|
|
7554 */
|
|
|
7555 static int
|
|
|
7556 set_group_colors(name, fgp, bgp, do_menu, use_norm, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7557 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7558 guicolor_T *fgp;
|
|
|
7559 guicolor_T *bgp;
|
|
|
7560 int do_menu;
|
|
|
7561 int use_norm;
|
|
|
7562 int do_tooltip;
|
|
|
7563 {
|
|
|
7564 int idx;
|
|
|
7565
|
|
|
7566 idx = syn_name2id(name) - 1;
|
|
|
7567 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
7568 {
|
|
|
7569 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip);
|
|
|
7570
|
|
|
7571 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7572 *fgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
7573 else if (use_norm)
|
|
|
7574 *fgp = gui.def_norm_pixel;
|
|
|
7575 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7576 *bgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
7577 else if (use_norm)
|
|
|
7578 *bgp = gui.def_back_pixel;
|
|
|
7579 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7580 }
|
|
|
7581 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7582 }
|
|
|
7583
|
|
|
7584 /*
|
|
|
7585 * Get the font of the "Normal" group.
|
|
|
7586 * Returns "" when it's not found or not set.
|
|
|
7587 */
|
|
|
7588 char_u *
|
|
|
7589 hl_get_font_name()
|
|
|
7590 {
|
|
|
7591 int id;
|
|
|
7592 char_u *s;
|
|
|
7593
|
|
|
7594 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7595 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7596 {
|
|
|
7597 s = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name;
|
|
|
7598 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
7599 return s;
|
|
|
7600 }
|
|
|
7601 return (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
7602 }
|
|
|
7603
|
|
|
7604 /*
|
|
|
7605 * Set font for "Normal" group. Called by gui_mch_init_font() when a font has
|
|
|
7606 * actually chosen to be used.
|
|
|
7607 */
|
|
|
7608 void
|
|
|
7609 hl_set_font_name(font_name)
|
|
|
7610 char_u *font_name;
|
|
|
7611 {
|
|
|
7612 int id;
|
|
|
7613
|
|
|
7614 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7615 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7616 {
|
|
|
7617 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
7618 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(font_name);
|
|
|
7619 }
|
|
|
7620 }
|
|
|
7621
|
|
|
7622 /*
|
|
|
7623 * Set background color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_bg_color()
|
|
|
7624 * when the color is known.
|
|
|
7625 */
|
|
|
7626 void
|
|
|
7627 hl_set_bg_color_name(name)
|
|
|
7628 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
|
|
|
7629 {
|
|
|
7630 int id;
|
|
|
7631
|
|
|
7632 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
7633 {
|
|
|
7634 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7635 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7636 {
|
|
|
7637 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
7638 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name = name;
|
|
|
7639 }
|
|
|
7640 }
|
|
|
7641 }
|
|
|
7642
|
|
|
7643 /*
|
|
|
7644 * Set foreground color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_fg_color()
|
|
|
7645 * when the color is known.
|
|
|
7646 */
|
|
|
7647 void
|
|
|
7648 hl_set_fg_color_name(name)
|
|
|
7649 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
|
|
|
7650 {
|
|
|
7651 int id;
|
|
|
7652
|
|
|
7653 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
7654 {
|
|
|
7655 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7656 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7657 {
|
|
|
7658 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
7659 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name = name;
|
|
|
7660 }
|
|
|
7661 }
|
|
|
7662 }
|
|
|
7663
|
|
|
7664 /*
|
|
|
7665 * Return the handle for a color name.
|
|
|
7666 * Returns INVALCOLOR when failed.
|
|
|
7667 */
|
|
|
7668 static guicolor_T
|
|
|
7669 color_name2handle(name)
|
|
|
7670 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7671 {
|
|
|
7672 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7673 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7674
|
|
|
7675 if (STRICMP(name, "fg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "foreground") == 0)
|
|
|
7676 return gui.norm_pixel;
|
|
|
7677 if (STRICMP(name, "bg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "background") == 0)
|
|
|
7678 return gui.back_pixel;
|
|
|
7679
|
|
|
7680 return gui_get_color(name);
|
|
|
7681 }
|
|
|
7682
|
|
|
7683 /*
|
|
|
7684 * Return the handle for a font name.
|
|
|
7685 * Returns NOFONT when failed.
|
|
|
7686 */
|
|
|
7687 static GuiFont
|
|
|
7688 font_name2handle(name)
|
|
|
7689 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7690 {
|
|
|
7691 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7692 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
7693
|
|
|
7694 return gui_mch_get_font(name, TRUE);
|
|
|
7695 }
|
|
|
7696
|
|
|
7697 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7698 /*
|
|
|
7699 * Return the handle for a fontset name.
|
|
|
7700 * Returns NOFONTSET when failed.
|
|
|
7701 */
|
|
|
7702 static GuiFontset
|
|
|
7703 fontset_name2handle(name, fixed_width)
|
|
|
7704 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7705 int fixed_width;
|
|
|
7706 {
|
|
|
7707 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7708 return NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
7709
|
|
|
7710 return gui_mch_get_fontset(name, TRUE, fixed_width);
|
|
|
7711 }
|
|
|
7712 # endif
|
|
|
7713
|
|
|
7714 /*
|
|
|
7715 * Get the font or fontset for one highlight group.
|
|
|
7716 */
|
|
|
7717 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
7718 static void
|
|
|
7719 hl_do_font(idx, arg, do_normal, do_menu, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7720 int idx;
|
|
|
7721 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
7722 int do_normal; /* set normal font */
|
|
|
7723 int do_menu; /* set menu font */
|
|
|
7724 int do_tooltip; /* set tooltip font */
|
|
|
7725 {
|
|
|
7726 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7727 /* If 'guifontset' is not empty, first try using the name as a
|
|
|
7728 * fontset. If that doesn't work, use it as a font name. */
|
|
|
7729 if (*p_guifontset != NUL
|
|
|
7730 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7731 || do_menu
|
|
|
7732 # endif
|
|
|
7733 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
7734 /* In Athena & Motif, the Tooltip highlight group is always a fontset */
|
|
|
7735 || do_tooltip
|
|
|
7736 # endif
|
|
|
7737 )
|
|
|
7738 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = fontset_name2handle(arg, 0
|
|
|
7739 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7740 || do_menu
|
|
|
7741 # endif
|
|
|
7742 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
7743 || do_tooltip
|
|
|
7744 # endif
|
|
|
7745 );
|
|
|
7746 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
7747 {
|
|
|
7748 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
|
|
|
7749 * normal fontset. Same for the Menu group. */
|
|
|
7750 if (do_normal)
|
|
|
7751 gui_init_font(arg, TRUE);
|
|
|
7752 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
|
|
|
7753 if (do_menu)
|
|
|
7754 {
|
|
|
7755 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7756 gui.menu_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7757 # else
|
|
|
7758 /* YIKES! This is a bug waiting to crash the program */
|
|
|
7759 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7760 # endif
|
|
|
7761 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
7762 }
|
|
|
7763 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7764 if (do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7765 {
|
|
|
7766 /* The Athena widget set cannot currently handle switching between
|
|
|
7767 * displaying a single font and a fontset.
|
|
|
7768 * If the XtNinternational resource is set to True at widget
|
|
1222
|
7769 * creation, then a fontset is always used, otherwise an
|
|
7
|
7770 * XFontStruct is used.
|
|
|
7771 */
|
|
|
7772 gui.tooltip_fontset = (XFontSet)HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7773 gui_mch_new_tooltip_font();
|
|
|
7774 }
|
|
|
7775 # endif
|
|
|
7776 # endif
|
|
|
7777 }
|
|
|
7778 else
|
|
|
7779 # endif
|
|
|
7780 {
|
|
|
7781 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = font_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
7782 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
|
|
|
7783 * normal font. Same for the Menu group. */
|
|
|
7784 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
7785 {
|
|
|
7786 if (do_normal)
|
|
|
7787 gui_init_font(arg, FALSE);
|
|
|
7788 #ifndef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7789 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
|
|
|
7790 if (do_menu)
|
|
|
7791 {
|
|
|
7792 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
|
|
|
7793 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
7794 }
|
|
|
7795 # endif
|
|
|
7796 #endif
|
|
|
7797 }
|
|
|
7798 }
|
|
|
7799 }
|
|
|
7800
|
|
|
7801 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
|
|
|
7802
|
|
|
7803 /*
|
|
|
7804 * Table with the specifications for an attribute number.
|
|
|
7805 * Note that this table is used by ALL buffers. This is required because the
|
|
|
7806 * GUI can redraw at any time for any buffer.
|
|
|
7807 */
|
|
298
|
7808 static garray_T term_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
7
|
7809
|
|
|
7810 #define TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7811
|
|
298
|
7812 static garray_T cterm_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
7
|
7813
|
|
|
7814 #define CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)cterm_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7815
|
|
|
7816 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
298
|
7817 static garray_T gui_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
7
|
7818
|
|
|
7819 #define GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)gui_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7820 #endif
|
|
|
7821
|
|
|
7822 /*
|
|
|
7823 * Return the attr number for a set of colors and font.
|
|
|
7824 * Add a new entry to the term_attr_table, cterm_attr_table or gui_attr_table
|
|
|
7825 * if the combination is new.
|
|
|
7826 * Return 0 for error (no more room).
|
|
|
7827 */
|
|
|
7828 static int
|
|
|
7829 get_attr_entry(table, aep)
|
|
|
7830 garray_T *table;
|
|
|
7831 attrentry_T *aep;
|
|
|
7832 {
|
|
|
7833 int i;
|
|
359
|
7834 attrentry_T *taep;
|
|
7
|
7835 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
7836
|
|
|
7837 /*
|
|
|
7838 * Init the table, in case it wasn't done yet.
|
|
|
7839 */
|
|
|
7840 table->ga_itemsize = sizeof(attrentry_T);
|
|
|
7841 table->ga_growsize = 7;
|
|
|
7842
|
|
|
7843 /*
|
|
|
7844 * Try to find an entry with the same specifications.
|
|
|
7845 */
|
|
|
7846 for (i = 0; i < table->ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7847 {
|
|
359
|
7848 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[i]);
|
|
|
7849 if ( aep->ae_attr == taep->ae_attr
|
|
7
|
7850 && (
|
|
|
7851 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7852 (table == &gui_attr_table
|
|
359
|
7853 && (aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color == taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color
|
|
|
7854 && aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
|
|
|
7855 == taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
|
|
|
7856 && aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
|
|
|
7857 == taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
|
|
|
7858 && aep->ae_u.gui.font == taep->ae_u.gui.font
|
|
7
|
7859 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
359
|
7860 && aep->ae_u.gui.fontset == taep->ae_u.gui.fontset
|
|
7
|
7861 # endif
|
|
|
7862 ))
|
|
|
7863 ||
|
|
|
7864 #endif
|
|
|
7865 (table == &term_attr_table
|
|
359
|
7866 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
|
7867 == (taep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
7
|
7868 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL
|
|
|
7869 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.start,
|
|
359
|
7870 taep->ae_u.term.start) == 0)
|
|
|
7871 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
|
7872 == (taep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
7
|
7873 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL
|
|
|
7874 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop,
|
|
359
|
7875 taep->ae_u.term.stop) == 0))
|
|
7
|
7876 || (table == &cterm_attr_table
|
|
359
|
7877 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
|
|
|
7878 == taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
|
|
|
7879 && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color
|
|
|
7880 == taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)
|
|
7
|
7881 ))
|
|
|
7882
|
|
|
7883 return i + ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7884 }
|
|
|
7885
|
|
271
|
7886 if (table->ga_len + ATTR_OFF > MAX_TYPENR)
|
|
7
|
7887 {
|
|
|
7888 /*
|
|
|
7889 * Running out of attribute entries! remove all attributes, and
|
|
|
7890 * compute new ones for all groups.
|
|
|
7891 * When called recursively, we are really out of numbers.
|
|
|
7892 */
|
|
|
7893 if (recursive)
|
|
|
7894 {
|
|
|
7895 EMSG(_("E424: Too many different highlighting attributes in use"));
|
|
|
7896 return 0;
|
|
|
7897 }
|
|
|
7898 recursive = TRUE;
|
|
|
7899
|
|
359
|
7900 clear_hl_tables();
|
|
|
7901
|
|
7
|
7902 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7903
|
|
|
7904 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7905 set_hl_attr(i);
|
|
|
7906
|
|
|
7907 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
7908 }
|
|
|
7909
|
|
|
7910 /*
|
|
|
7911 * This is a new combination of colors and font, add an entry.
|
|
|
7912 */
|
|
|
7913 if (ga_grow(table, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7914 return 0;
|
|
|
7915
|
|
359
|
7916 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[table->ga_len]);
|
|
|
7917 vim_memset(taep, 0, sizeof(attrentry_T));
|
|
|
7918 taep->ae_attr = aep->ae_attr;
|
|
7
|
7919 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7920 if (table == &gui_attr_table)
|
|
|
7921 {
|
|
359
|
7922 taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
|
|
|
7923 taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
|
|
|
7924 taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color = aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
|
|
|
7925 taep->ae_u.gui.font = aep->ae_u.gui.font;
|
|
7
|
7926 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
359
|
7927 taep->ae_u.gui.fontset = aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
|
|
7
|
7928 # endif
|
|
|
7929 }
|
|
|
7930 #endif
|
|
|
7931 if (table == &term_attr_table)
|
|
|
7932 {
|
|
|
7933 if (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
359
|
7934 taep->ae_u.term.start = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7935 else
|
|
359
|
7936 taep->ae_u.term.start = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.start);
|
|
7
|
7937 if (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
359
|
7938 taep->ae_u.term.stop = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7939 else
|
|
359
|
7940 taep->ae_u.term.stop = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.stop);
|
|
7
|
7941 }
|
|
|
7942 else if (table == &cterm_attr_table)
|
|
|
7943 {
|
|
359
|
7944 taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
|
|
|
7945 taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
|
|
7
|
7946 }
|
|
|
7947 ++table->ga_len;
|
|
|
7948 return (table->ga_len - 1 + ATTR_OFF);
|
|
|
7949 }
|
|
|
7950
|
|
359
|
7951 /*
|
|
|
7952 * Clear all highlight tables.
|
|
|
7953 */
|
|
|
7954 void
|
|
|
7955 clear_hl_tables()
|
|
|
7956 {
|
|
|
7957 int i;
|
|
|
7958 attrentry_T *taep;
|
|
|
7959
|
|
|
7960 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7961 ga_clear(&gui_attr_table);
|
|
|
7962 #endif
|
|
|
7963 for (i = 0; i < term_attr_table.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7964 {
|
|
|
7965 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[i]);
|
|
|
7966 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.start);
|
|
|
7967 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.stop);
|
|
|
7968 }
|
|
|
7969 ga_clear(&term_attr_table);
|
|
|
7970 ga_clear(&cterm_attr_table);
|
|
|
7971 }
|
|
|
7972
|
|
745
|
7973 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
221
|
7974 /*
|
|
348
|
7975 * Combine special attributes (e.g., for spelling) with other attributes
|
|
|
7976 * (e.g., for syntax highlighting).
|
|
|
7977 * "prim_attr" overrules "char_attr".
|
|
221
|
7978 * This creates a new group when required.
|
|
|
7979 * Since we expect there to be few spelling mistakes we don't cache the
|
|
|
7980 * result.
|
|
|
7981 * Return the resulting attributes.
|
|
|
7982 */
|
|
|
7983 int
|
|
348
|
7984 hl_combine_attr(char_attr, prim_attr)
|
|
221
|
7985 int char_attr;
|
|
348
|
7986 int prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7987 {
|
|
|
7988 attrentry_T *char_aep = NULL;
|
|
|
7989 attrentry_T *spell_aep;
|
|
|
7990 attrentry_T new_en;
|
|
|
7991
|
|
|
7992 if (char_attr == 0)
|
|
348
|
7993 return prim_attr;
|
|
|
7994 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL && prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7995 return char_attr | prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7996 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7997 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7998 {
|
|
|
7999 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
|
8000 char_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
|
8001 if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
8002 new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
|
8003 else
|
|
|
8004 {
|
|
|
8005 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
548
|
8006 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
8007 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
8008 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
221
|
8009 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
8010 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
|
8011 }
|
|
|
8012
|
|
348
|
8013 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
8014 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
8015 else
|
|
|
8016 {
|
|
348
|
8017 spell_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(prim_attr);
|
|
221
|
8018 if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
8019 {
|
|
|
8020 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
8021 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
8022 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
|
|
|
8023 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
8024 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
|
|
|
8025 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
8026 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
|
|
|
8027 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
8028 new_en.ae_u.gui.font = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font;
|
|
|
8029 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8030 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
8031 new_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
|
|
|
8032 # endif
|
|
|
8033 }
|
|
|
8034 }
|
|
|
8035 return get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
|
8036 }
|
|
|
8037 #endif
|
|
|
8038
|
|
|
8039 if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
|
8040 {
|
|
|
8041 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
|
8042 char_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
|
8043 if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
8044 new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
|
8045 else
|
|
|
8046 {
|
|
|
8047 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
|
8048 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
8049 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
|
8050 }
|
|
|
8051
|
|
348
|
8052 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
8053 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
8054 else
|
|
|
8055 {
|
|
348
|
8056 spell_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(prim_attr);
|
|
221
|
8057 if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
8058 {
|
|
|
8059 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
8060 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color > 0)
|
|
|
8061 new_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
|
|
|
8062 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color > 0)
|
|
|
8063 new_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
|
|
|
8064 }
|
|
|
8065 }
|
|
|
8066 return get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
|
8067 }
|
|
|
8068
|
|
|
8069 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
|
8070 char_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
|
8071 if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
8072 new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
|
8073 else
|
|
|
8074 {
|
|
|
8075 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
|
8076 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
8077 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
|
8078 }
|
|
|
8079
|
|
348
|
8080 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
8081 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
8082 else
|
|
|
8083 {
|
|
607
|
8084 spell_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(prim_attr);
|
|
221
|
8085 if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
8086 {
|
|
|
8087 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
8088 if (spell_aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL)
|
|
|
8089 {
|
|
|
8090 new_en.ae_u.term.start = spell_aep->ae_u.term.start;
|
|
|
8091 new_en.ae_u.term.stop = spell_aep->ae_u.term.stop;
|
|
|
8092 }
|
|
|
8093 }
|
|
|
8094 }
|
|
|
8095 return get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
|
8096 }
|
|
|
8097 #endif
|
|
|
8098
|
|
7
|
8099 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8100
|
|
|
8101 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
8102 syn_gui_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
8103 int attr;
|
|
|
8104 {
|
|
|
8105 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
8106 if (attr >= gui_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
8107 return NULL;
|
|
|
8108 return &(GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
8109 }
|
|
|
8110 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
|
|
|
8111
|
|
745
|
8112 /*
|
|
|
8113 * Get the highlight attributes (HL_BOLD etc.) from an attribute nr.
|
|
|
8114 * Only to be used when "attr" > HL_ALL.
|
|
|
8115 */
|
|
|
8116 int
|
|
|
8117 syn_attr2attr(attr)
|
|
|
8118 int attr;
|
|
|
8119 {
|
|
|
8120 attrentry_T *aep;
|
|
|
8121
|
|
|
8122 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8123 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
8124 aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(attr);
|
|
|
8125 else
|
|
|
8126 #endif
|
|
|
8127 if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
|
8128 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr);
|
|
|
8129 else
|
|
|
8130 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr);
|
|
|
8131
|
|
|
8132 if (aep == NULL) /* highlighting not set */
|
|
|
8133 return 0;
|
|
|
8134 return aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
8135 }
|
|
|
8136
|
|
|
8137
|
|
7
|
8138 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
8139 syn_term_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
8140 int attr;
|
|
|
8141 {
|
|
|
8142 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
8143 if (attr >= term_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
8144 return NULL;
|
|
|
8145 return &(TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
8146 }
|
|
|
8147
|
|
|
8148 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
8149 syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
8150 int attr;
|
|
|
8151 {
|
|
|
8152 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
8153 if (attr >= cterm_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
8154 return NULL;
|
|
|
8155 return &(CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
8156 }
|
|
|
8157
|
|
|
8158 #define LIST_ATTR 1
|
|
|
8159 #define LIST_STRING 2
|
|
|
8160 #define LIST_INT 3
|
|
|
8161
|
|
|
8162 static void
|
|
|
8163 highlight_list_one(id)
|
|
|
8164 int id;
|
|
|
8165 {
|
|
|
8166 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8167 int didh = FALSE;
|
|
|
8168
|
|
|
8169 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8170
|
|
|
8171 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
8172 sgp->sg_term, NULL, "term");
|
|
|
8173 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
8174 0, sgp->sg_start, "start");
|
|
|
8175 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
8176 0, sgp->sg_stop, "stop");
|
|
|
8177
|
|
|
8178 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
8179 sgp->sg_cterm, NULL, "cterm");
|
|
|
8180 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
|
|
|
8181 sgp->sg_cterm_fg, NULL, "ctermfg");
|
|
|
8182 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
|
|
|
8183 sgp->sg_cterm_bg, NULL, "ctermbg");
|
|
|
8184
|
|
|
8185 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8186 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
8187 sgp->sg_gui, NULL, "gui");
|
|
|
8188 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
8189 0, sgp->sg_gui_fg_name, "guifg");
|
|
|
8190 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
8191 0, sgp->sg_gui_bg_name, "guibg");
|
|
|
8192 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
301
|
8193 0, sgp->sg_gui_sp_name, "guisp");
|
|
|
8194 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
7
|
8195 0, sgp->sg_font_name, "font");
|
|
|
8196 #endif
|
|
|
8197
|
|
448
|
8198 if (sgp->sg_link && !got_int)
|
|
7
|
8199 {
|
|
|
8200 (void)syn_list_header(didh, 9999, id);
|
|
448
|
8201 didh = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
8202 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
8203 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
8204 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
8205 }
|
|
448
|
8206
|
|
694
|
8207 if (!didh)
|
|
|
8208 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 0, (char_u *)"cleared", "");
|
|
448
|
8209 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
694
|
8210 if (p_verbose > 0)
|
|
448
|
8211 last_set_msg(sgp->sg_scriptID);
|
|
|
8212 #endif
|
|
7
|
8213 }
|
|
|
8214
|
|
|
8215 static int
|
|
|
8216 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, type, iarg, sarg, name)
|
|
|
8217 int id;
|
|
|
8218 int didh;
|
|
|
8219 int type;
|
|
|
8220 int iarg;
|
|
|
8221 char_u *sarg;
|
|
|
8222 char *name;
|
|
|
8223 {
|
|
|
8224 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
8225 char_u *ts;
|
|
|
8226 int i;
|
|
|
8227
|
|
448
|
8228 if (got_int)
|
|
|
8229 return FALSE;
|
|
7
|
8230 if (type == LIST_STRING ? (sarg != NULL) : (iarg != 0))
|
|
|
8231 {
|
|
|
8232 ts = buf;
|
|
|
8233 if (type == LIST_INT)
|
|
|
8234 sprintf((char *)buf, "%d", iarg - 1);
|
|
|
8235 else if (type == LIST_STRING)
|
|
|
8236 ts = sarg;
|
|
|
8237 else /* type == LIST_ATTR */
|
|
|
8238 {
|
|
|
8239 buf[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
8240 for (i = 0; hl_attr_table[i] != 0; ++i)
|
|
|
8241 {
|
|
|
8242 if (iarg & hl_attr_table[i])
|
|
|
8243 {
|
|
|
8244 if (buf[0] != NUL)
|
|
|
8245 STRCAT(buf, ",");
|
|
|
8246 STRCAT(buf, hl_name_table[i]);
|
|
|
8247 iarg &= ~hl_attr_table[i]; /* don't want "inverse" */
|
|
|
8248 }
|
|
|
8249 }
|
|
|
8250 }
|
|
|
8251
|
|
|
8252 (void)syn_list_header(didh,
|
|
|
8253 (int)(vim_strsize(ts) + STRLEN(name) + 1), id);
|
|
|
8254 didh = TRUE;
|
|
448
|
8255 if (!got_int)
|
|
|
8256 {
|
|
694
|
8257 if (*name != NUL)
|
|
|
8258 {
|
|
|
8259 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(name, hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
8260 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("=", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
8261 }
|
|
448
|
8262 msg_outtrans(ts);
|
|
|
8263 }
|
|
7
|
8264 }
|
|
|
8265 return didh;
|
|
|
8266 }
|
|
|
8267
|
|
|
8268 #if (((defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER))) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8269 /*
|
|
|
8270 * Return "1" if highlight group "id" has attribute "flag".
|
|
|
8271 * Return NULL otherwise.
|
|
|
8272 */
|
|
|
8273 char_u *
|
|
|
8274 highlight_has_attr(id, flag, modec)
|
|
|
8275 int id;
|
|
|
8276 int flag;
|
|
|
8277 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
|
|
|
8278 {
|
|
|
8279 int attr;
|
|
|
8280
|
|
|
8281 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8282 return NULL;
|
|
|
8283
|
|
|
8284 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8285 if (modec == 'g')
|
|
|
8286 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui;
|
|
|
8287 else
|
|
|
8288 #endif
|
|
|
8289 if (modec == 'c')
|
|
|
8290 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8291 else
|
|
|
8292 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_term;
|
|
|
8293
|
|
|
8294 if (attr & flag)
|
|
|
8295 return (char_u *)"1";
|
|
|
8296 return NULL;
|
|
|
8297 }
|
|
|
8298 #endif
|
|
|
8299
|
|
|
8300 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8301 /*
|
|
|
8302 * Return color name of highlight group "id".
|
|
|
8303 */
|
|
|
8304 char_u *
|
|
|
8305 highlight_color(id, what, modec)
|
|
|
8306 int id;
|
|
205
|
8307 char_u *what; /* "fg", "bg", "sp", "fg#", "bg#" or "sp#" */
|
|
7
|
8308 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
|
|
|
8309 {
|
|
|
8310 static char_u name[20];
|
|
|
8311 int n;
|
|
205
|
8312 int fg = FALSE;
|
|
|
8313 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8314 int sp = FALSE;
|
|
|
8315 # endif
|
|
7
|
8316
|
|
|
8317 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8318 return NULL;
|
|
|
8319
|
|
|
8320 if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'f')
|
|
|
8321 fg = TRUE;
|
|
205
|
8322 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8323 else if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 's')
|
|
|
8324 sp = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
8325 if (modec == 'g')
|
|
|
8326 {
|
|
|
8327 /* return #RRGGBB form (only possible when GUI is running) */
|
|
|
8328 if (gui.in_use && what[1] && what[2] == '#')
|
|
|
8329 {
|
|
|
8330 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
8331 long_u rgb;
|
|
|
8332 static char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
8333
|
|
|
8334 if (fg)
|
|
|
8335 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
205
|
8336 else if (sp)
|
|
|
8337 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
|
|
7
|
8338 else
|
|
|
8339 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
8340 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
8341 return NULL;
|
|
|
8342 rgb = gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
|
|
|
8343 sprintf((char *)buf, "#%02x%02x%02x",
|
|
|
8344 (unsigned)(rgb >> 16),
|
|
|
8345 (unsigned)(rgb >> 8) & 255,
|
|
|
8346 (unsigned)rgb & 255);
|
|
|
8347 return buf;
|
|
|
8348 }
|
|
|
8349 if (fg)
|
|
|
8350 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
205
|
8351 if (sp)
|
|
|
8352 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
7
|
8353 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
8354 }
|
|
205
|
8355 # endif
|
|
7
|
8356 if (modec == 'c')
|
|
|
8357 {
|
|
|
8358 if (fg)
|
|
|
8359 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg - 1;
|
|
|
8360 else
|
|
|
8361 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg - 1;
|
|
|
8362 sprintf((char *)name, "%d", n);
|
|
|
8363 return name;
|
|
|
8364 }
|
|
|
8365 /* term doesn't have color */
|
|
|
8366 return NULL;
|
|
|
8367 }
|
|
|
8368 #endif
|
|
|
8369
|
|
|
8370 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_PRINTER)) \
|
|
|
8371 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8372 /*
|
|
|
8373 * Return color name of highlight group "id" as RGB value.
|
|
|
8374 */
|
|
|
8375 long_u
|
|
|
8376 highlight_gui_color_rgb(id, fg)
|
|
|
8377 int id;
|
|
|
8378 int fg; /* TRUE = fg, FALSE = bg */
|
|
|
8379 {
|
|
|
8380 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
8381
|
|
|
8382 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8383 return 0L;
|
|
|
8384
|
|
|
8385 if (fg)
|
|
|
8386 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8387 else
|
|
|
8388 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
8389
|
|
|
8390 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
8391 return 0L;
|
|
|
8392
|
|
|
8393 return gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
|
|
|
8394 }
|
|
|
8395 #endif
|
|
|
8396
|
|
|
8397 /*
|
|
|
8398 * Output the syntax list header.
|
|
|
8399 * Return TRUE when started a new line.
|
|
|
8400 */
|
|
|
8401 static int
|
|
|
8402 syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id)
|
|
|
8403 int did_header; /* did header already */
|
|
|
8404 int outlen; /* length of string that comes */
|
|
|
8405 int id; /* highlight group id */
|
|
|
8406 {
|
|
|
8407 int endcol = 19;
|
|
|
8408 int newline = TRUE;
|
|
|
8409
|
|
|
8410 if (!did_header)
|
|
|
8411 {
|
|
|
8412 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
448
|
8413 if (got_int)
|
|
|
8414 return TRUE;
|
|
7
|
8415 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
8416 endcol = 15;
|
|
|
8417 }
|
|
|
8418 else if (msg_col + outlen + 1 >= Columns)
|
|
448
|
8419 {
|
|
7
|
8420 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
448
|
8421 if (got_int)
|
|
|
8422 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8423 }
|
|
7
|
8424 else
|
|
|
8425 {
|
|
|
8426 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* wrap around is like starting a new line */
|
|
|
8427 newline = FALSE;
|
|
|
8428 }
|
|
|
8429
|
|
|
8430 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
|
|
|
8431 endcol = msg_col + 1;
|
|
|
8432 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
|
|
|
8433 endcol = Columns - 1;
|
|
|
8434
|
|
|
8435 msg_advance(endcol);
|
|
|
8436
|
|
|
8437 /* Show "xxx" with the attributes. */
|
|
|
8438 if (!did_header)
|
|
|
8439 {
|
|
|
8440 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"xxx", syn_id2attr(id));
|
|
|
8441 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
8442 }
|
|
|
8443
|
|
|
8444 return newline;
|
|
|
8445 }
|
|
|
8446
|
|
|
8447 /*
|
|
|
8448 * Set the attribute numbers for a highlight group.
|
|
|
8449 * Called after one of the attributes has changed.
|
|
|
8450 */
|
|
|
8451 static void
|
|
|
8452 set_hl_attr(idx)
|
|
|
8453 int idx; /* index in array */
|
|
|
8454 {
|
|
|
8455 attrentry_T at_en;
|
|
|
8456 struct hl_group *sgp = HL_TABLE() + idx;
|
|
|
8457
|
|
|
8458 /* The "Normal" group doesn't need an attribute number */
|
|
|
8459 if (sgp->sg_name_u != NULL && STRCMP(sgp->sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
|
|
|
8460 return;
|
|
|
8461
|
|
|
8462 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8463 /*
|
|
|
8464 * For the GUI mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
|
|
|
8465 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
8466 */
|
|
|
8467 if (sgp->sg_gui_fg == INVALCOLOR
|
|
|
8468 && sgp->sg_gui_bg == INVALCOLOR
|
|
205
|
8469 && sgp->sg_gui_sp == INVALCOLOR
|
|
7
|
8470 && sgp->sg_font == NOFONT
|
|
|
8471 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8472 && sgp->sg_fontset == NOFONTSET
|
|
|
8473 # endif
|
|
|
8474 )
|
|
|
8475 {
|
|
|
8476 sgp->sg_gui_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
8477 }
|
|
|
8478 else
|
|
|
8479 {
|
|
|
8480 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
8481 at_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8482 at_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
|
|
205
|
8483 at_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = sgp->sg_gui_sp;
|
|
7
|
8484 at_en.ae_u.gui.font = sgp->sg_font;
|
|
|
8485 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8486 at_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = sgp->sg_fontset;
|
|
|
8487 # endif
|
|
|
8488 sgp->sg_gui_attr = get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
8489 }
|
|
|
8490 #endif
|
|
|
8491 /*
|
|
|
8492 * For the term mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
|
|
|
8493 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
8494 */
|
|
|
8495 if (sgp->sg_start == NULL && sgp->sg_stop == NULL)
|
|
|
8496 sgp->sg_term_attr = sgp->sg_term;
|
|
|
8497 else
|
|
|
8498 {
|
|
|
8499 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_term;
|
|
|
8500 at_en.ae_u.term.start = sgp->sg_start;
|
|
|
8501 at_en.ae_u.term.stop = sgp->sg_stop;
|
|
|
8502 sgp->sg_term_attr = get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
8503 }
|
|
|
8504
|
|
|
8505 /*
|
|
|
8506 * For the color term mode: If there are other than "normal"
|
|
|
8507 * highlighting attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
8508 */
|
|
|
8509 if (sgp->sg_cterm_fg == 0 && sgp->sg_cterm_bg == 0)
|
|
|
8510 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8511 else
|
|
|
8512 {
|
|
|
8513 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8514 at_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_fg;
|
|
|
8515 at_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_bg;
|
|
|
8516 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
8517 }
|
|
|
8518 }
|
|
|
8519
|
|
|
8520 /*
|
|
|
8521 * Lookup a highlight group name and return it's ID.
|
|
|
8522 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
|
|
|
8523 */
|
|
|
8524 int
|
|
|
8525 syn_name2id(name)
|
|
|
8526 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8527 {
|
|
|
8528 int i;
|
|
|
8529 char_u name_u[200];
|
|
|
8530
|
|
|
8531 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
|
|
|
8532 /* Avoid alloc()/free(), these are slow too. ID names over 200 chars
|
|
|
8533 * don't deserve to be found! */
|
|
419
|
8534 vim_strncpy(name_u, name, 199);
|
|
7
|
8535 vim_strup(name_u);
|
|
|
8536 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
8537 if (HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u != NULL
|
|
|
8538 && STRCMP(name_u, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u) == 0)
|
|
|
8539 break;
|
|
|
8540 return i + 1;
|
|
|
8541 }
|
|
|
8542
|
|
|
8543 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8544 /*
|
|
|
8545 * Return TRUE if highlight group "name" exists.
|
|
|
8546 */
|
|
|
8547 int
|
|
|
8548 highlight_exists(name)
|
|
|
8549 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8550 {
|
|
|
8551 return (syn_name2id(name) > 0);
|
|
|
8552 }
|
|
819
|
8553
|
|
|
8554 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8555 /*
|
|
|
8556 * Return the name of highlight group "id".
|
|
|
8557 * When not a valid ID return an empty string.
|
|
|
8558 */
|
|
|
8559 char_u *
|
|
|
8560 syn_id2name(id)
|
|
|
8561 int id;
|
|
|
8562 {
|
|
1326
|
8563 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
819
|
8564 return (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
8565 return HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name;
|
|
|
8566 }
|
|
|
8567 # endif
|
|
7
|
8568 #endif
|
|
|
8569
|
|
|
8570 /*
|
|
|
8571 * Like syn_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
|
|
|
8572 */
|
|
|
8573 int
|
|
|
8574 syn_namen2id(linep, len)
|
|
|
8575 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
8576 int len;
|
|
|
8577 {
|
|
|
8578 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8579 int id = 0;
|
|
|
8580
|
|
|
8581 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
|
|
|
8582 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
8583 {
|
|
|
8584 id = syn_name2id(name);
|
|
|
8585 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
8586 }
|
|
|
8587 return id;
|
|
|
8588 }
|
|
|
8589
|
|
|
8590 /*
|
|
|
8591 * Find highlight group name in the table and return it's ID.
|
|
|
8592 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
|
|
|
8593 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
|
|
|
8594 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
8595 */
|
|
|
8596 int
|
|
|
8597 syn_check_group(pp, len)
|
|
|
8598 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
8599 int len;
|
|
|
8600 {
|
|
|
8601 int id;
|
|
|
8602 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8603
|
|
|
8604 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
|
|
|
8605 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
8606 return 0;
|
|
|
8607
|
|
|
8608 id = syn_name2id(name);
|
|
|
8609 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
|
|
|
8610 id = syn_add_group(name);
|
|
|
8611 else
|
|
|
8612 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
8613 return id;
|
|
|
8614 }
|
|
|
8615
|
|
|
8616 /*
|
|
|
8617 * Add new highlight group and return it's ID.
|
|
|
8618 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
|
|
|
8619 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
8620 */
|
|
|
8621 static int
|
|
|
8622 syn_add_group(name)
|
|
|
8623 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8624 {
|
|
|
8625 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8626
|
|
|
8627 /* Check that the name is ASCII letters, digits and underscore. */
|
|
|
8628 for (p = name; *p != NUL; ++p)
|
|
|
8629 {
|
|
|
8630 if (!vim_isprintc(*p))
|
|
|
8631 {
|
|
|
8632 EMSG(_("E669: Unprintable character in group name"));
|
|
|
8633 return 0;
|
|
|
8634 }
|
|
|
8635 else if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*p) && *p != '_')
|
|
|
8636 {
|
|
|
8637 /* This is an error, but since there previously was no check only
|
|
|
8638 * give a warning. */
|
|
16
|
8639 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
|
7
|
8640 MSG(_("W18: Invalid character in group name"));
|
|
|
8641 break;
|
|
|
8642 }
|
|
|
8643 }
|
|
|
8644
|
|
|
8645 /*
|
|
|
8646 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
|
|
|
8647 */
|
|
|
8648 if (highlight_ga.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
|
8649 {
|
|
|
8650 highlight_ga.ga_itemsize = sizeof(struct hl_group);
|
|
|
8651 highlight_ga.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
8652 }
|
|
|
8653
|
|
|
8654 /*
|
|
|
8655 * Make room for at least one other syntax_highlight entry.
|
|
|
8656 */
|
|
|
8657 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8658 {
|
|
|
8659 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
8660 return 0;
|
|
|
8661 }
|
|
|
8662
|
|
|
8663 vim_memset(&(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len]), 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8664 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name = name;
|
|
|
8665 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
8666 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8667 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
8668 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
205
|
8669 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
7
|
8670 #endif
|
|
|
8671 ++highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8672
|
|
|
8673 return highlight_ga.ga_len; /* ID is index plus one */
|
|
|
8674 }
|
|
|
8675
|
|
|
8676 /*
|
|
|
8677 * When, just after calling syn_add_group(), an error is discovered, this
|
|
|
8678 * function deletes the new name.
|
|
|
8679 */
|
|
|
8680 static void
|
|
|
8681 syn_unadd_group()
|
|
|
8682 {
|
|
|
8683 --highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8684 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name);
|
|
|
8685 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u);
|
|
|
8686 }
|
|
|
8687
|
|
|
8688 /*
|
|
|
8689 * Translate a group ID to highlight attributes.
|
|
|
8690 */
|
|
|
8691 int
|
|
|
8692 syn_id2attr(hl_id)
|
|
|
8693 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8694 {
|
|
|
8695 int attr;
|
|
|
8696 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8697
|
|
|
8698 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
|
|
|
8699 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8700
|
|
|
8701 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8702 /*
|
|
|
8703 * Only use GUI attr when the GUI is being used.
|
|
|
8704 */
|
|
|
8705 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
8706 attr = sgp->sg_gui_attr;
|
|
|
8707 else
|
|
|
8708 #endif
|
|
|
8709 if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
|
8710 attr = sgp->sg_cterm_attr;
|
|
|
8711 else
|
|
|
8712 attr = sgp->sg_term_attr;
|
|
|
8713
|
|
|
8714 return attr;
|
|
|
8715 }
|
|
|
8716
|
|
|
8717 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8718 /*
|
|
|
8719 * Get the GUI colors and attributes for a group ID.
|
|
|
8720 * NOTE: the colors will be INVALCOLOR when not set, the color otherwise.
|
|
|
8721 */
|
|
|
8722 int
|
|
|
8723 syn_id2colors(hl_id, fgp, bgp)
|
|
|
8724 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8725 guicolor_T *fgp;
|
|
|
8726 guicolor_T *bgp;
|
|
|
8727 {
|
|
|
8728 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8729
|
|
|
8730 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
|
|
|
8731 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8732
|
|
|
8733 *fgp = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8734 *bgp = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
8735 return sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
8736 }
|
|
|
8737 #endif
|
|
|
8738
|
|
|
8739 /*
|
|
|
8740 * Translate a group ID to the final group ID (following links).
|
|
|
8741 */
|
|
|
8742 int
|
|
|
8743 syn_get_final_id(hl_id)
|
|
|
8744 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8745 {
|
|
|
8746 int count;
|
|
|
8747 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8748
|
|
|
8749 if (hl_id > highlight_ga.ga_len || hl_id < 1)
|
|
|
8750 return 0; /* Can be called from eval!! */
|
|
|
8751
|
|
|
8752 /*
|
|
|
8753 * Follow links until there is no more.
|
|
|
8754 * Look out for loops! Break after 100 links.
|
|
|
8755 */
|
|
|
8756 for (count = 100; --count >= 0; )
|
|
|
8757 {
|
|
|
8758 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8759 if (sgp->sg_link == 0 || sgp->sg_link > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8760 break;
|
|
|
8761 hl_id = sgp->sg_link;
|
|
|
8762 }
|
|
|
8763
|
|
|
8764 return hl_id;
|
|
|
8765 }
|
|
|
8766
|
|
|
8767 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8768 /*
|
|
|
8769 * Call this function just after the GUI has started.
|
|
|
8770 * It finds the font and color handles for the highlighting groups.
|
|
|
8771 */
|
|
|
8772 void
|
|
|
8773 highlight_gui_started()
|
|
|
8774 {
|
|
|
8775 int idx;
|
|
|
8776
|
|
|
8777 /* First get the colors from the "Normal" and "Menu" group, if set */
|
|
|
8778 set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
8779
|
|
|
8780 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
8781 gui_do_one_color(idx, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8782
|
|
|
8783 highlight_changed();
|
|
|
8784 }
|
|
|
8785
|
|
|
8786 static void
|
|
|
8787 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
8788 int idx;
|
|
|
8789 int do_menu; /* TRUE: might set the menu font */
|
|
|
8790 int do_tooltip; /* TRUE: might set the tooltip font */
|
|
|
8791 {
|
|
|
8792 int didit = FALSE;
|
|
|
8793
|
|
|
8794 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8795 {
|
|
|
8796 hl_do_font(idx, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name, FALSE, do_menu,
|
|
|
8797 do_tooltip);
|
|
|
8798 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8799 }
|
|
|
8800 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8801 {
|
|
|
8802 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg =
|
|
|
8803 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
8804 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8805 }
|
|
|
8806 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8807 {
|
|
|
8808 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg =
|
|
|
8809 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
8810 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8811 }
|
|
205
|
8812 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8813 {
|
|
|
8814 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp =
|
|
|
8815 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
|
8816 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8817 }
|
|
7
|
8818 if (didit) /* need to get a new attr number */
|
|
|
8819 set_hl_attr(idx);
|
|
|
8820 }
|
|
|
8821
|
|
|
8822 #endif
|
|
|
8823
|
|
|
8824 /*
|
|
|
8825 * Translate the 'highlight' option into attributes in highlight_attr[] and
|
|
|
8826 * set up the user highlights User1..9. If FEAT_STL_OPT is in use, a set of
|
|
|
8827 * corresponding highlights to use on top of HLF_SNC is computed.
|
|
|
8828 * Called only when the 'highlight' option has been changed and upon first
|
|
|
8829 * screen redraw after any :highlight command.
|
|
|
8830 * Return FAIL when an invalid flag is found in 'highlight'. OK otherwise.
|
|
|
8831 */
|
|
|
8832 int
|
|
|
8833 highlight_changed()
|
|
|
8834 {
|
|
|
8835 int hlf;
|
|
|
8836 int i;
|
|
|
8837 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8838 int attr;
|
|
|
8839 char_u *end;
|
|
|
8840 int id;
|
|
|
8841 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
|
|
|
8842 char_u userhl[10];
|
|
|
8843 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8844 int id_SNC = -1;
|
|
|
8845 int id_S = -1;
|
|
|
8846 int hlcnt;
|
|
|
8847 # endif
|
|
|
8848 #endif
|
|
|
8849 static int hl_flags[HLF_COUNT] = HL_FLAGS;
|
|
|
8850
|
|
|
8851 need_highlight_changed = FALSE;
|
|
|
8852
|
|
|
8853 /*
|
|
|
8854 * Clear all attributes.
|
|
|
8855 */
|
|
|
8856 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
|
|
|
8857 highlight_attr[hlf] = 0;
|
|
|
8858
|
|
|
8859 /*
|
|
|
8860 * First set all attributes to their default value.
|
|
|
8861 * Then use the attributes from the 'highlight' option.
|
|
|
8862 */
|
|
|
8863 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
|
|
|
8864 {
|
|
|
8865 if (i)
|
|
|
8866 p = p_hl;
|
|
|
8867 else
|
|
|
8868 p = get_highlight_default();
|
|
|
8869 if (p == NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
|
8870 continue;
|
|
|
8871
|
|
|
8872 while (*p)
|
|
|
8873 {
|
|
|
8874 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
|
|
|
8875 if (hl_flags[hlf] == *p)
|
|
|
8876 break;
|
|
|
8877 ++p;
|
|
|
8878 if (hlf == (int)HLF_COUNT || *p == NUL)
|
|
|
8879 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8880
|
|
|
8881 /*
|
|
|
8882 * Allow several hl_flags to be combined, like "bu" for
|
|
|
8883 * bold-underlined.
|
|
|
8884 */
|
|
|
8885 attr = 0;
|
|
|
8886 for ( ; *p && *p != ','; ++p) /* parse upto comma */
|
|
|
8887 {
|
|
|
8888 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) /* ignore white space */
|
|
|
8889 continue;
|
|
|
8890
|
|
|
8891 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* Combination with ':' is not allowed. */
|
|
|
8892 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8893
|
|
|
8894 switch (*p)
|
|
|
8895 {
|
|
|
8896 case 'b': attr |= HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
8897 break;
|
|
|
8898 case 'i': attr |= HL_ITALIC;
|
|
|
8899 break;
|
|
|
8900 case '-':
|
|
|
8901 case 'n': /* no highlighting */
|
|
|
8902 break;
|
|
|
8903 case 'r': attr |= HL_INVERSE;
|
|
|
8904 break;
|
|
|
8905 case 's': attr |= HL_STANDOUT;
|
|
|
8906 break;
|
|
|
8907 case 'u': attr |= HL_UNDERLINE;
|
|
|
8908 break;
|
|
205
|
8909 case 'c': attr |= HL_UNDERCURL;
|
|
|
8910 break;
|
|
7
|
8911 case ':': ++p; /* highlight group name */
|
|
|
8912 if (attr || *p == NUL) /* no combinations */
|
|
|
8913 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8914 end = vim_strchr(p, ',');
|
|
|
8915 if (end == NULL)
|
|
|
8916 end = p + STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
8917 id = syn_check_group(p, (int)(end - p));
|
|
|
8918 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
8919 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8920 attr = syn_id2attr(id);
|
|
|
8921 p = end - 1;
|
|
|
8922 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(USER_HIGHLIGHT)
|
|
|
8923 if (hlf == (int)HLF_SNC)
|
|
|
8924 id_SNC = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
|
8925 else if (hlf == (int)HLF_S)
|
|
|
8926 id_S = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
|
8927 #endif
|
|
|
8928 break;
|
|
|
8929 default: return FAIL;
|
|
|
8930 }
|
|
|
8931 }
|
|
|
8932 highlight_attr[hlf] = attr;
|
|
|
8933
|
|
|
8934 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* skip comma and spaces */
|
|
|
8935 }
|
|
|
8936 }
|
|
|
8937
|
|
|
8938 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
|
|
|
8939 /* Setup the user highlights
|
|
|
8940 *
|
|
|
8941 * Temporarily utilize 10 more hl entries. Have to be in there
|
|
|
8942 * simultaneously in case of table overflows in get_attr_entry()
|
|
|
8943 */
|
|
|
8944 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8945 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 10) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8946 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8947 hlcnt = highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8948 if (id_S == 0)
|
|
|
8949 { /* Make sure id_S is always valid to simplify code below */
|
|
|
8950 memset(&HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8951 HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_S];
|
|
|
8952 id_S = hlcnt + 10;
|
|
|
8953 }
|
|
|
8954 # endif
|
|
|
8955 for (i = 0; i < 9; i++)
|
|
|
8956 {
|
|
|
8957 sprintf((char *)userhl, "User%d", i + 1);
|
|
|
8958 id = syn_name2id(userhl);
|
|
|
8959 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
8960 {
|
|
|
8961 highlight_user[i] = 0;
|
|
|
8962 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8963 highlight_stlnc[i] = 0;
|
|
|
8964 # endif
|
|
|
8965 }
|
|
|
8966 else
|
|
|
8967 {
|
|
|
8968 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8969 struct hl_group *hlt = HL_TABLE();
|
|
|
8970 # endif
|
|
|
8971
|
|
|
8972 highlight_user[i] = syn_id2attr(id);
|
|
|
8973 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8974 if (id_SNC == 0)
|
|
|
8975 {
|
|
|
8976 memset(&hlt[hlcnt + i], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8977 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8978 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8979 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8980 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8981 # endif
|
|
|
8982 }
|
|
|
8983 else
|
|
|
8984 mch_memmove(&hlt[hlcnt + i],
|
|
|
8985 &hlt[id_SNC - 1],
|
|
|
8986 sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8987 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_link = 0;
|
|
|
8988
|
|
|
8989 /* Apply difference between UserX and HLF_S to HLF_SNC */
|
|
|
8990 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term ^=
|
|
|
8991 hlt[id - 1].sg_term ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_term;
|
|
|
8992 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_start != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_start)
|
|
|
8993 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_start = hlt[id - 1].sg_start;
|
|
|
8994 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_stop != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_stop)
|
|
|
8995 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_stop = hlt[id - 1].sg_stop;
|
|
|
8996 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm ^=
|
|
|
8997 hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8998 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_fg)
|
|
|
8999 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg;
|
|
|
9000 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_bg)
|
|
|
9001 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg;
|
|
|
9002 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
9003 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui ^=
|
|
|
9004 hlt[id - 1].sg_gui ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui;
|
|
|
9005 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_fg)
|
|
|
9006 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
9007 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_bg)
|
|
|
9008 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
205
|
9009 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_sp)
|
|
|
9010 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_sp = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
|
|
7
|
9011 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_font != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_font)
|
|
|
9012 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_font = hlt[id - 1].sg_font;
|
|
|
9013 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
9014 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_fontset)
|
|
|
9015 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_fontset = hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
9016 # endif
|
|
|
9017 # endif
|
|
|
9018 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt + i + 1;
|
|
|
9019 set_hl_attr(hlcnt + i); /* At long last we can apply */
|
|
|
9020 highlight_stlnc[i] = syn_id2attr(hlcnt + i + 1);
|
|
|
9021 # endif
|
|
|
9022 }
|
|
|
9023 }
|
|
|
9024 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
9025 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt;
|
|
|
9026 # endif
|
|
|
9027
|
|
|
9028 #endif /* USER_HIGHLIGHT */
|
|
|
9029
|
|
|
9030 return OK;
|
|
|
9031 }
|
|
|
9032
|
|
1322
|
9033 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
9034
|
|
|
9035 static void highlight_list __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
9036 static void highlight_list_two __ARGS((int cnt, int attr));
|
|
|
9037
|
|
|
9038 /*
|
|
|
9039 * Handle command line completion for :highlight command.
|
|
|
9040 */
|
|
|
9041 void
|
|
|
9042 set_context_in_highlight_cmd(xp, arg)
|
|
|
9043 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
9044 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
9045 {
|
|
|
9046 char_u *p;
|
|
|
9047
|
|
|
9048 /* Default: expand group names */
|
|
|
9049 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
|
|
|
9050 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
1322
|
9051 include_link = 2;
|
|
|
9052 include_default = 1;
|
|
7
|
9053
|
|
|
9054 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
|
|
|
9055 if (*arg != NUL)
|
|
|
9056 {
|
|
|
9057 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
9058 if (*p != NUL) /* past "default" or group name */
|
|
|
9059 {
|
|
1322
|
9060 include_default = 0;
|
|
7
|
9061 if (STRNCMP("default", arg, p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
9062 {
|
|
|
9063 arg = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
9064 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
|
9065 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
9066 }
|
|
|
9067 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name */
|
|
|
9068 {
|
|
1322
|
9069 include_link = 0;
|
|
7
|
9070 if (arg[1] == 'i' && arg[0] == 'N')
|
|
|
9071 highlight_list();
|
|
|
9072 if (STRNCMP("link", arg, p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
9073 || STRNCMP("clear", arg, p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
9074 {
|
|
|
9075 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
9076 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
|
|
|
9077 if (*p != NUL) /* past first group name */
|
|
|
9078 {
|
|
|
9079 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
9080 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
|
|
|
9081 }
|
|
|
9082 }
|
|
|
9083 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name(s) */
|
|
|
9084 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
9085 }
|
|
|
9086 }
|
|
|
9087 }
|
|
|
9088 }
|
|
|
9089
|
|
|
9090 /*
|
|
|
9091 * List highlighting matches in a nice way.
|
|
|
9092 */
|
|
|
9093 static void
|
|
|
9094 highlight_list()
|
|
|
9095 {
|
|
|
9096 int i;
|
|
|
9097
|
|
|
9098 for (i = 10; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
9099 highlight_list_two(i, hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
9100 for (i = 40; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
9101 highlight_list_two(99, 0);
|
|
|
9102 }
|
|
|
9103
|
|
|
9104 static void
|
|
|
9105 highlight_list_two(cnt, attr)
|
|
|
9106 int cnt;
|
|
|
9107 int attr;
|
|
|
9108 {
|
|
|
9109 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)("N \bI \b! \b" + cnt / 11), attr);
|
|
|
9110 msg_clr_eos();
|
|
|
9111 out_flush();
|
|
|
9112 ui_delay(cnt == 99 ? 40L : (long)cnt * 50L, FALSE);
|
|
|
9113 }
|
|
|
9114
|
|
|
9115 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
|
|
|
9116
|
|
|
9117 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) \
|
|
|
9118 || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
9119 /*
|
|
|
9120 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of group names.
|
|
|
9121 * Also used for synIDattr() function.
|
|
|
9122 */
|
|
|
9123 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
9124 char_u *
|
|
|
9125 get_highlight_name(xp, idx)
|
|
|
9126 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
9127 int idx;
|
|
|
9128 {
|
|
|
9129 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
1322
|
9130 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len && include_none != 0)
|
|
|
9131 return (char_u *)"none";
|
|
|
9132 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none && include_default != 0)
|
|
|
9133 return (char_u *)"default";
|
|
|
9134 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none + include_default
|
|
|
9135 && include_link != 0)
|
|
7
|
9136 return (char_u *)"link";
|
|
1322
|
9137 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none + include_default + 1
|
|
|
9138 && include_link != 0)
|
|
7
|
9139 return (char_u *)"clear";
|
|
|
9140 #endif
|
|
|
9141 if (idx < 0 || idx >= highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
9142 return NULL;
|
|
|
9143 return HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name;
|
|
|
9144 }
|
|
|
9145 #endif
|
|
|
9146
|
|
1322
|
9147 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
9148 /*
|
|
|
9149 * Free all the highlight group fonts.
|
|
|
9150 * Used when quitting for systems which need it.
|
|
|
9151 */
|
|
|
9152 void
|
|
|
9153 free_highlight_fonts()
|
|
|
9154 {
|
|
|
9155 int idx;
|
|
|
9156
|
|
|
9157 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
9158 {
|
|
|
9159 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
|
|
|
9160 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
9161 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
9162 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
|
|
|
9163 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
9164 # endif
|
|
|
9165 }
|
|
|
9166
|
|
|
9167 gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font);
|
|
|
9168 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
9169 gui_mch_free_fontset(gui.fontset);
|
|
|
9170 # endif
|
|
|
9171 # ifndef HAVE_GTK2
|
|
|
9172 gui_mch_free_font(gui.bold_font);
|
|
|
9173 gui_mch_free_font(gui.ital_font);
|
|
|
9174 gui_mch_free_font(gui.boldital_font);
|
|
|
9175 # endif
|
|
|
9176 }
|
|
|
9177 #endif
|
|
|
9178
|
|
|
9179 /**************************************
|
|
|
9180 * End of Highlighting stuff *
|
|
|
9181 **************************************/
|
